|
|
| (67 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown) |
| Line 27: |
Line 27: |
| | Dongjin CHO | | Dongjin CHO |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a cleaning apparatus that uses suction force to collect dust.
| |
| − | * The apparatus includes a driving device that generates the suction force.
| |
| − | * A head member with a suction path allows external air to flow into the apparatus.
| |
| − | * A dust collection device is connected to the head member and has a dust collection chamber.
| |
| − | * An opening/closing member separates the suction path from the dust collection chamber and has an opening that allows communication between the two.
| |
| − | * A cover member, connected to the opening/closing member, provides elastic force towards the suction path and can be opened or closed by the suction force.
| |
| − | * A stopper member protrudes from the cover member to restrict the rotational angle of the cover member.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A cleaning apparatus is provided. The cleaning apparatus includes a driving device for generating suction force, a head member including a suction path into which external air flows by way of the suction force, a dust collection device having one end connected to the head member and having a dust collection chamber, an opening/closing member disposed to divide the suction path from the dust collection chamber, and which includes an opening that allows the suction path to communicate with the dust collection chamber, a cover member which is connected to the opening/closing member to provide elastic force toward the suction path and which is rotated by way of the suction force to selectively open/close the opening, and a stopper member, which protrudes from one surface of the cover member to come in contact with the opening/closing member or the cover member to restrict the rotational angle of the cover member.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===MULTI-CYCLONE DUST COLLECTION DEVICE AND VACUUM CLEANER COMPRISING SAME ([[US Patent Application 18350428. MULTI-CYCLONE DUST COLLECTION DEVICE AND VACUUM CLEANER COMPRISING SAME simplified abstract|18350428]])=== | | ===MULTI-CYCLONE DUST COLLECTION DEVICE AND VACUUM CLEANER COMPRISING SAME ([[US Patent Application 18350428. MULTI-CYCLONE DUST COLLECTION DEVICE AND VACUUM CLEANER COMPRISING SAME simplified abstract|18350428]])=== |
| Line 47: |
Line 35: |
| | Ingyu CHOI | | Ingyu CHOI |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a multi-cyclone dust collector and a vacuum cleaner that incorporates this dust collector.
| |
| − | * The multi-cyclone dust collector is designed to separate waste from air in a more efficient manner.
| |
| − | * It includes a primary cyclone separator to separate waste primarily from the introduced waste-containing air.
| |
| − | * Inside the primary cyclone separator, there is a secondary cyclone separator that further separates dust from the air discharged from the primary cyclone separator.
| |
| − | * The secondary cyclone separator has two inlet holes for air intake and an outlet hole for air discharge.
| |
| − | * An upper cover is provided to cover the upper end of the secondary cyclone and includes an outlet pipe for air discharge.
| |
| − | * The upper cover also includes flow guides between the inlet holes to minimize airflow interference and improve efficiency.
| |
| − | * These flow guides are located on the outer surface of the outlet pipe and correspond to the inlet holes.
| |
| − | * The innovation aims to enhance the performance of the dust collector by reducing airflow interference and improving dust separation.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A multi-cyclone dust collector and a vacuum cleaner having the same are provided. The multi-cyclone dust collector includes a primary cyclone separator provided to separate waste primarily from introduced waste-containing air, and a secondary cyclone separator installed inside the primary cyclone separator to separate dust from air discharged from the primary cyclone separator. The secondary cyclone separator includes a secondary cyclone provided with two inlet holes through which air is introduced and an outlet hole through which the introduced air is discharged, and an upper cover provided to cover an upper end of the secondary cyclone and including an outlet pipe inserted into the outlet hole to discharge the air. The upper cover further includes a plurality of flow guides disposed between adjacent inlet holes to minimize airflow interference between the adjacent inlet holes and provided on an outer surface of the outlet pipe to correspond to the at least two inlet holes.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF THE DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREON COMPUTER PROGRAM ([[US Patent Application 18125886. DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF THE DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREON COMPUTER PROGRAM simplified abstract|18125886]])=== | | ===DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF THE DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREON COMPUTER PROGRAM ([[US Patent Application 18125886. DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF THE DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREON COMPUTER PROGRAM simplified abstract|18125886]])=== |
| Line 69: |
Line 43: |
| | Jeayun SO | | Jeayun SO |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a driving robot apparatus and a control method for the apparatus, along with a computer program for performing the control method.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The driving robot apparatus includes a rotary motor that rotates a holder.
| |
| − | * A sensor is used to obtain the load value of the rotary motor as it rotates the holder.
| |
| − | * The load value of the rotary motor is used to identify the water content of a cleaning pad fixed to the holder.
| |
| − | * Based on the load value of the rotary motor, the control method controls a cleaning assembly to supply water to the cleaning pad.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Provided are a driving robot apparatus, a control method of the driving robot apparatus, and a computer-readable recording medium having recorded thereon a computer program to cause the control method to be performed. The control method of the driving robot apparatus includes: obtaining, via a sensor, a load value of a rotary motor of the driving robot apparatus as the rotary motor rotates a holder; identifying water content of a cleaning pad fixed to the holder, based on the load value of the rotary motor; and controlling a cleaning assembly to supply water to the cleaning pad fixed to the holder, based on the load value of the rotary motor.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===WEARABLE ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING A BACK COVER STRUCTURE CONSIDERING OPTICAL SENSOR ([[US Patent Application 18353473. WEARABLE ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING A BACK COVER STRUCTURE CONSIDERING OPTICAL SENSOR simplified abstract|18353473]])=== | | ===WEARABLE ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING A BACK COVER STRUCTURE CONSIDERING OPTICAL SENSOR ([[US Patent Application 18353473. WEARABLE ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING A BACK COVER STRUCTURE CONSIDERING OPTICAL SENSOR simplified abstract|18353473]])=== |
| Line 88: |
Line 51: |
| | Jeahyuck LEE | | Jeahyuck LEE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic apparatus with a sensor for detecting biometric information.
| |
| − | * The electronic apparatus includes a sensor with a light emitting unit and a light receiving unit.
| |
| − | * A transparent layer covers the sensor and allows light emitted from the light emitting unit to pass through for detecting biometric information.
| |
| − | * Another transparent layer allows light to enter the light receiving unit.
| |
| − | * A cover with partition walls made of a different plastic material separates the two transparent layers.
| |
| − | * A processor processes the signal received through the light receiving unit to acquire the biometric information.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic apparatus is provided. The electronic apparatus includes a sensor that includes a light emitting unit and a light receiving unit, a transparent layer that includes a first transparent layer including first plastic having light transmittance, disposed to cover the sensor, and transmitting light emitted from the light emitting unit for detecting a signal related to biometric information, and a second transparent layer transmitting light entering the light receiving unit, a cover that includes at least one partition wall including second plastic having lower light transmittance than the first plastic and separating the first transparent layer and the second transparent layer from each other, and a processor that acquires the biometric information based on the signal related to the biometric information received through the light receiving unit.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR ASSISTING USER MOTION ([[US Patent Application 18353365. ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR ASSISTING USER MOTION simplified abstract|18353365]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR ASSISTING USER MOTION ([[US Patent Application 18353365. ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR ASSISTING USER MOTION simplified abstract|18353365]])=== |
| Line 107: |
Line 59: |
| | Seonghoon KANG | | Seonghoon KANG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device that can communicate with a server and an external device with a motion sensor.
| |
| − | * The electronic device includes a communication module and a processor connected to it.
| |
| − | * The communication module allows the device to communicate with the server and the external device.
| |
| − | * The external device has a sensor for measuring user motion.
| |
| − | * The processor controls the acquisition of sensing data from the external device through the communication module.
| |
| − | * The processor then generates a motion data set based on the sensing data and information about the user.
| |
| − | * The motion data set includes standard/reference motion data related to another user with a standard/reference body.
| |
| − | * The motion data set is transmitted to the server through the communication module.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device may include a communication module and a processor operatively connected to the communication module, wherein the communication module may communicate with a server and an external electronic device including a sensor for measuring user motion, and the processor may control that sensing data obtained by measuring the user motion is acquired from the external electronic device, through the communication module, a motion data set including standard/reference motion data related to another user having a standard/reference body is generated by converting, on the basis of information about the user, motion data including a time-dependent body motion trajectory based on the sensing data, and the motion data set is transmitted to the server through the communication module.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===WORKOUT IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18352661. WORKOUT IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE simplified abstract|18352661]])=== | | ===WORKOUT IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18352661. WORKOUT IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE simplified abstract|18352661]])=== |
| Line 128: |
Line 67: |
| | Bosung JUNG | | Bosung JUNG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device with a workout management app that can connect to external electronic devices for a personalized training program.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The electronic device has a communication module, memory, and processor.
| |
| − | * The processor activates a workout management app stored in the memory.
| |
| − | * It identifies if a workout-related content has been executed using the app.
| |
| − | * An object is displayed for executing a training program based on the content.
| |
| − | * User input on the object automatically connects to external electronic devices.
| |
| − | * The device configures a training program screen integrating workout-related content and information from the external devices.
| |
| − | * The training program screen is displayed on the external electronic device.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | According to various embodiments, an electronic device may comprise: a communication module comprising communication circuitry configured to communicate with at least one external electronic device; a memory for storing at least one app; and a processor operatively connected to the communication module and the memory. The processor may be configured to: activate a workout management app (e.g., home gym app) stored in the memory; in response to the execution of the at least one app, identify whether a workout-related content has been executed on the basis of the activated workout management app; display an object for execution of a training program through the workout management app based on the workout-related content being executed; in response to a user input on the object, make an automatic connection with the at least one external electronic device through the communication module; configure, on the basis of at least one piece of workout-related information acquired from the at least one external electronic device, a training program screen into which the workout-related content and the workout-related information are integrated; and display the training program screen through the at least one external electronic device.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ZEOLITE-CARBON COMPOSITE AND METHOD OF TREATING EXHAUST GAS ([[US Patent Application 18086302. METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ZEOLITE-CARBON COMPOSITE AND METHOD OF TREATING EXHAUST GAS simplified abstract|18086302]])=== | | ===METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ZEOLITE-CARBON COMPOSITE AND METHOD OF TREATING EXHAUST GAS ([[US Patent Application 18086302. METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ZEOLITE-CARBON COMPOSITE AND METHOD OF TREATING EXHAUST GAS simplified abstract|18086302]])=== |
| Line 150: |
Line 75: |
| | Woosung CHOI | | Woosung CHOI |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application describes a method for treating exhaust gas.
| |
| − | - The method involves using a rotor with a zeolite-carbon composite inside.
| |
| − | - A mixed gas containing an organic gas and an alkali gas is provided to the rotor.
| |
| − | - The zeolite-carbon composite adsorbs the organic gas and the alkali gas.
| |
| − | - The organic gas and the alkali gas are then desorbed from the zeolite-carbon composite.
| |
| − | - The zeolite-carbon composite consists of a zeolite and a carbon layer on the zeolite.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Provided is a method of treating an exhaust gas including preparing a rotor provided with a zeolite-carbon composite therein, providing a mixed gas including an organic gas and an alkali gas in the rotor, adsorbing the organic gas and the alkali gas to the zeolite-carbon composite, and desorbing the organic gas and the alkali gas from the zeolite-carbon composite, and the zeolite-carbon composite includes a zeolite and a carbon layer on the zeolite.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===MOVABLE ROBOT AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18142928. MOVABLE ROBOT AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18142928]])=== | | ===MOVABLE ROBOT AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18142928. MOVABLE ROBOT AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18142928]])=== |
| Line 169: |
Line 83: |
| | Eunsoll CHANG | | Eunsoll CHANG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a movable robot that includes a sensor, a motor, and at least one processor.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The robot is capable of obtaining a driving path and determining the amount of change in angular velocity for different candidate motions based on sensor data.
| |
| − | * It then selects a final motion from the candidate motions based on the amount of change in angular velocity.
| |
| − | * The motor is controlled to move the robot according to the final motion.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A movable robot includes: a sensor; a motor configured to drive the movable robot; and at least one processor configured to: obtain a driving path of the movable robot, determine an amount of change in angular velocity corresponding to each of a plurality of candidate motions of the movable robot moving along the driving path based on sensing data obtained from the sensor, determine a final motion from the plurality of candidate motions based on the amount of change in angular velocity corresponding to each of the plurality of candidate motions, and control the motor to move the movable robot based on the final motion.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF THE DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREON COMPUTER PROGRAM ([[US Patent Application 18126571. DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF THE DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREON COMPUTER PROGRAM simplified abstract|18126571]])=== | | ===DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF THE DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREON COMPUTER PROGRAM ([[US Patent Application 18126571. DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF THE DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREON COMPUTER PROGRAM simplified abstract|18126571]])=== |
| Line 187: |
Line 91: |
| | Jeayun SO | | Jeayun SO |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application describes a driving robot apparatus with a rotatable holder for a cleaning pad.
| |
| − | - The method of controlling the driving robot apparatus involves rotating the holder with the cleaning pad attached.
| |
| − | - Light is emitted through an opening in the holder onto the surface of the cleaning pad while it is rotating.
| |
| − | - The surface of the cleaning pad has multiple reflective areas with different light reflectivities.
| |
| − | - Reflected light from the surface of the cleaning pad is received through the opening in the holder.
| |
| − | - The cleaning pad is identified based on the received reflected light.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Provided are a driving robot apparatus including a rotatable holder to which a cleaning pad is fixable, a method of controlling the driving robot apparatus, and a computer-readable recording medium having recorded thereon a computer program. The method of controlling the driving robot apparatus includes rotating the holder with a cleaning pad fixed to the holder; emitting light through an opening in the holder to a surface of the cleaning pad fixed to the holder while the holder is rotating, the surface of the cleaning pad including two or more reflective areas having different light reflectivities from each other; receiving reflected light reflected from the surface of the cleaning pad through the opening in the holder while the holder is rotating; and identifying the cleaning pad based on the received reflected light.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, CONTROLLING METHOD OF THE DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREON COMPUTER PROGRAM ([[US Patent Application 18128348. DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, CONTROLLING METHOD OF THE DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREON COMPUTER PROGRAM simplified abstract|18128348]])=== | | ===DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, CONTROLLING METHOD OF THE DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREON COMPUTER PROGRAM ([[US Patent Application 18128348. DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, CONTROLLING METHOD OF THE DRIVING ROBOT APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREON COMPUTER PROGRAM simplified abstract|18128348]])=== |
| Line 206: |
Line 99: |
| | Jeayun SO | | Jeayun SO |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a driving robot apparatus and a controlling method for the apparatus.
| |
| − | * The driving robot apparatus includes a processor that controls the movement of the robot.
| |
| − | * The robot can change its traveling direction to align with an obstacle.
| |
| − | * It has a cleaning assembly that can move a holder and extend a cleaning pad outward from the robot.
| |
| − | * The robot can move along the outer edge of the obstacle while the cleaning pad cleans the surface.
| |
| − | * The invention aims to provide an efficient and effective cleaning solution for obstacles encountered by the driving robot.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Provided are a driving robot apparatus, a controlling method of the driving robot apparatus, and a computer-readable recording medium having recorded thereon a computer program. The driving robot apparatus includes at least one processor configured to control a moving assembly to change a traveling direction of the driving robot apparatus so that the driving robot apparatus is aligned with an obstacle, control a cleaning assembly to move a holder so that a cleaning pad fixed to the holder protrudes outward from the driving robot apparatus, and control the moving assembly to move the driving robot apparatus so that the cleaning pad fixed to the holder and protruding outward from the driving robot apparatus is moved along an outer edge of the obstacle.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===DIFFERENTIAL JOINT DEVICE FOR ROBOT, AND METHOD FOR DIAGNOSING STATE OF DIFFERENTIAL JOINT DEVICE FOR ROBOT ([[US Patent Application 18223189. DIFFERENTIAL JOINT DEVICE FOR ROBOT, AND METHOD FOR DIAGNOSING STATE OF DIFFERENTIAL JOINT DEVICE FOR ROBOT simplified abstract|18223189]])=== | | ===DIFFERENTIAL JOINT DEVICE FOR ROBOT, AND METHOD FOR DIAGNOSING STATE OF DIFFERENTIAL JOINT DEVICE FOR ROBOT ([[US Patent Application 18223189. DIFFERENTIAL JOINT DEVICE FOR ROBOT, AND METHOD FOR DIAGNOSING STATE OF DIFFERENTIAL JOINT DEVICE FOR ROBOT simplified abstract|18223189]])=== |
| Line 225: |
Line 107: |
| | Jinwoong KIM | | Jinwoong KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a differential joint device for a robot.
| |
| − | * The device includes a first shaft and a second shaft connected to it, extending in different directions.
| |
| − | * There are three friction wheels in the device, with one on each side of the first shaft and one at the end of the second shaft.
| |
| − | * The third friction wheel is in contact with the first and second friction wheels.
| |
| − | * The device also includes pitch and roll output encoders to detect rotation angles of the first shaft and third friction wheel respectively.
| |
| − | * There are two drivers, one for each of the first and second friction wheels, to rotate them.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A differential joint device for a robot includes a first shaft extending in a first direction, a second shaft connected to the first shaft and extending in a second direction vertical to the first direction, a first friction wheel rotatably disposed on one side of the first shaft, a second friction wheel rotatably disposed on another side of the first shaft, a third friction wheel rotatably disposed at one end of the second shaft, the third friction wheel being in contact with the first friction wheel and the second friction wheel, a pitch output encoder disposed to detect a rotation angle of the first shaft, a roll output encoder disposed to detect a rotation angle of the third friction wheel, a first driver configured to rotate the first friction wheel, and a second driver configured to rotate the second friction wheel.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===TERNARY PARAELECTRIC MATERIAL WITH SPACE GROUP CC AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18356287. TERNARY PARAELECTRIC MATERIAL WITH SPACE GROUP CC AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME simplified abstract|18356287]])=== | | ===TERNARY PARAELECTRIC MATERIAL WITH SPACE GROUP CC AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18356287. TERNARY PARAELECTRIC MATERIAL WITH SPACE GROUP CC AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME simplified abstract|18356287]])=== |
| Line 244: |
Line 115: |
| | Giyoung JO | | Giyoung JO |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application describes a ternary paraelectric material with a Cc structure and a method of manufacturing it.
| |
| − | - The material has a chemical formula of ABO and belongs to the monoclinic system with a space group No. 9.
| |
| − | - The material has a dielectric constant ranging from 150 to 250.
| |
| − | - "A" represents a Group 1 element, which can be Na, K, Li, or Rb.
| |
| − | - "B" represents a Group 5 element, which can be Nb, V, or Ta.
| |
| − | - One example of the material is NaNbO, which has a higher bandgap energy than STO (Strontium Titanate).
| |
| − | - The material has a relative density of 90% or higher.
| |
| − | - The patent application also includes a method for manufacturing the ternary paraelectric material with a Cc structure.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A ternary paraelectric having a Cc structure and a method of manufacturing the same are provided. The ternary paraelectric having a Cc structure includes a material having a chemical formula of ABOthat has a monoclinic system, is a space group No. 9, and has a dielectric constant of 150 to 250, wherein “A” is a Group 1 element, and “B” is a Group 5 element. “A” may include one of Na, K, Li and Rb. “B” may include one of Nb, V, and Ta. The ABOmaterial may be NaNbOin which bandgap energy thereof is greater than that of STO. The ABOmaterial may have relative density that is greater than 90% or more.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===WATER PURIFICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR ([[US Patent Application 18222884. WATER PURIFICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR simplified abstract|18222884]])=== | | ===WATER PURIFICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR ([[US Patent Application 18222884. WATER PURIFICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR simplified abstract|18222884]])=== |
| Line 265: |
Line 123: |
| | Jungha PARK | | Jungha PARK |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a water purification apparatus that includes a dispenser with a user interface, a valve, a flow sensor, a memory, and a processor.
| |
| − | * The apparatus is designed to purify and dispense water.
| |
| − | * The user interface allows the user to control the start and stop of water discharge.
| |
| − | * The valve drive is connected to the valve and controls the opening and closing of the valve.
| |
| − | * The flow sensor measures the amount of water discharged.
| |
| − | * The memory stores instructions for the processor.
| |
| − | * The processor executes the instructions to control the valve drive, monitor the flow sensor, and interact with the user interface.
| |
| − | * When the user starts discharging water, the valve opens and the liquid is discharged.
| |
| − | * The flow sensor detects the amount of water discharged after the start.
| |
| − | * If the water discharge is stopped and then resumed, the user interface displays the total amount of water discharged before the stop and after the start.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A water purification apparatus includes: a flow path; a dispenser provided at one end of the flow path; a user interface provided on the dispenser; a valve provided in the flow path; a valve drive operatively connected to the valve; a flow sensor provided in the flow path; a memory storing instructions; and a processor operatively connected to the user interface, the valve drive, the flow sensor, and the memory, wherein the processor is configured to execute the instructions to: control, based on an input obtained through the user interface, a start of discharging a liquid by controlling the valve drive to open the valve and discharge the liquid, identify, based on an output signal of the flow sensor, a discharged amount of the liquid after the start of discharging the liquid, and control, based on a resumption of discharging of the liquid after a stop of discharging the liquid, the user interface to display a total discharged amount of the liquid discharged before the stop of discharging of the liquid and after the start of discharging of the liquid.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===PHOTORESIST COMPOSITION INCLUDING A CHRYSENE COMPOUND, METHOD OF FORMING A PATTERN USING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF FABRICATING 6-NITROCHRYSENE ([[US Patent Application 18119388. PHOTORESIST COMPOSITION INCLUDING A CHRYSENE COMPOUND, METHOD OF FORMING A PATTERN USING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF FABRICATING 6-NITROCHRYSENE simplified abstract|18119388]])=== | | ===PHOTORESIST COMPOSITION INCLUDING A CHRYSENE COMPOUND, METHOD OF FORMING A PATTERN USING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF FABRICATING 6-NITROCHRYSENE ([[US Patent Application 18119388. PHOTORESIST COMPOSITION INCLUDING A CHRYSENE COMPOUND, METHOD OF FORMING A PATTERN USING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF FABRICATING 6-NITROCHRYSENE simplified abstract|18119388]])=== |
| Line 288: |
Line 131: |
| | Jonghoon KIM | | Jonghoon KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a photoresist composition used in forming patterns and a method of synthesizing 6-nitrochrysene. The photoresist composition includes several components such as a polymer resin, a photo acid generator, a quencher, an organic solvent, and an etching resistance enhancer. The etching resistance enhancer is represented by Chemical Formula 1.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The patent application focuses on a photoresist composition used in forming patterns and a method of synthesizing 6-nitrochrysene.
| |
| − | * The photoresist composition includes a polymer resin, a photo acid generator, a quencher, an organic solvent, and an etching resistance enhancer.
| |
| − | * The etching resistance enhancer is represented by Chemical Formula 1.
| |
| − | * The invention aims to improve the etching resistance of the photoresist composition.
| |
| − | * The method of synthesizing 6-nitrochrysene is also disclosed in the patent application.
| |
| − | * The patent application provides a detailed description of the chemical components and their proportions in the photoresist composition.
| |
| − | * The invention may have applications in various industries such as semiconductor manufacturing and lithography.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A photoresist composition, a method of forming a pattern, and a method of synthesizing 6-nitrochrysene, the photoresist composition includes a polymer resin; a photo acid generator; a quencher; an organic solvent; and an etching resistance enhancer, wherein the etching resistance enhancer is represented by the following Chemical Formula 1,
| |
| | | | |
| | ===HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18312051. HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE simplified abstract|18312051]])=== | | ===HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18312051. HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE simplified abstract|18312051]])=== |
| Line 310: |
Line 139: |
| | Yeon Sook Chung | | Yeon Sook Chung |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract of the patent application describes a heterocyclic compound, an organic light-emitting device (OLED) that incorporates this compound, and an electronic apparatus that includes the OLED.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The patent application presents a new heterocyclic compound represented by Formula 1A.
| |
| − | * The compound is designed for use in organic light-emitting devices.
| |
| − | * The abstract mentions that the compound has potential applications in electronic apparatuses.
| |
| − | * The patent application also describes an organic light-emitting device that includes the newly developed compound.
| |
| − | * The OLED is expected to have improved performance and efficiency due to the incorporation of the heterocyclic compound.
| |
| − | * The abstract suggests that the electronic apparatus, which includes the OLED, can benefit from the enhanced features of the OLED.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Provided are a heterocyclic compound represented by Formula 1A, an organic light-emitting device including the same, and an electronic apparatus including the organic light-emitting device:
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ORGANIC PHOTOELECTRIC DEVICE, IMAGE SENSOR, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE COMPRISING THE IMAGE SENSOR ([[US Patent Application 18218206. ORGANIC PHOTOELECTRIC DEVICE, IMAGE SENSOR, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE COMPRISING THE IMAGE SENSOR simplified abstract|18218206]])=== | | ===ORGANIC PHOTOELECTRIC DEVICE, IMAGE SENSOR, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE COMPRISING THE IMAGE SENSOR ([[US Patent Application 18218206. ORGANIC PHOTOELECTRIC DEVICE, IMAGE SENSOR, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE COMPRISING THE IMAGE SENSOR simplified abstract|18218206]])=== |
| Line 331: |
Line 147: |
| | Yoshiaki OBANA | | Yoshiaki OBANA |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract of this patent application describes an organic compound and its applications in an organic photoelectric device, an image sensor, and an electronic device. The organic compound is represented by Chemical Formula 1.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The patent application focuses on an organic compound and its various applications in electronic devices.
| |
| − | * The organic compound is represented by Chemical Formula 1, which is not disclosed in the abstract.
| |
| − | * The compound is used in an organic photoelectric device, which suggests its potential use in converting light into electricity.
| |
| − | * It is also used in an image sensor, indicating its role in capturing and processing visual information.
| |
| − | * Furthermore, the compound finds application in an electronic device, implying its use in various electronic systems.
| |
| − | * The abstract does not provide specific details about the compound's properties or the specific innovations of the patent application.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An organic compound, an organic photoelectric device, an image sensor, and an electronic device, the organic compound being represented by Chemical Formula 1:
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ORGANOMETALLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18309082. ORGANOMETALLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE simplified abstract|18309082]])=== | | ===ORGANOMETALLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18309082. ORGANOMETALLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE simplified abstract|18309082]])=== |
| Line 352: |
Line 155: |
| | Bumwoo Park | | Bumwoo Park |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | * The abstract describes an organometallic compound represented by Formula 1.
| |
| − | * The compound is the subject of a patent application.
| |
| − | * The abstract does not provide specific details about the compound or its applications.
| |
| − | * The abstract serves as a brief summary of the patent application.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An organometallic compound represented by Formula 1:
| |
| | | | |
| | ===POLY(AMIDE-IMIDE) COPOLYMER, METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME, POLY(AMIDE-IMIDE) COPOLYMER FILM, WINDOW FOR DISPLAY DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18222372. POLY(AMIDE-IMIDE) COPOLYMER, METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME, POLY(AMIDE-IMIDE) COPOLYMER FILM, WINDOW FOR DISPLAY DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DEVICE simplified abstract|18222372]])=== | | ===POLY(AMIDE-IMIDE) COPOLYMER, METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME, POLY(AMIDE-IMIDE) COPOLYMER FILM, WINDOW FOR DISPLAY DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18222372. POLY(AMIDE-IMIDE) COPOLYMER, METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME, POLY(AMIDE-IMIDE) COPOLYMER FILM, WINDOW FOR DISPLAY DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DEVICE simplified abstract|18222372]])=== |
| Line 369: |
Line 163: |
| | Hyunjeong JEON | | Hyunjeong JEON |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a copolymer made of poly(amide-imide) that contains both amide and imide structural units.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The copolymer has an amide bond in its polymer main chain and an imide bond in its polymer main chain.
| |
| − | * At least one imide structural unit in the copolymer is cross-linked to an adjacent polymer main chain through an amide bond.
| |
| − | * The invention provides a new type of copolymer with unique properties and potential applications.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A poly(amide-imide) copolymer including an amide structural unit having an amide bond in a polymer main chain and an imide structural unit having an imide bond in a polymer main chain, wherein at least one imide structural unit includes a moiety cross-linked to an adjacent polymer main chain through an amide bond.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===COMPOSITE ABRASIVE, METHOD OF PREPARING SAME, POLISHING SLURRY INCLUDING SAME, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18312329. COMPOSITE ABRASIVE, METHOD OF PREPARING SAME, POLISHING SLURRY INCLUDING SAME, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE simplified abstract|18312329]])=== | | ===COMPOSITE ABRASIVE, METHOD OF PREPARING SAME, POLISHING SLURRY INCLUDING SAME, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18312329. COMPOSITE ABRASIVE, METHOD OF PREPARING SAME, POLISHING SLURRY INCLUDING SAME, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE simplified abstract|18312329]])=== |
| Line 387: |
Line 171: |
| | Sang Soo JEE | | Sang Soo JEE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application describes a composite abrasive material and its preparation method.
| |
| − | - The composite abrasive is used in polishing slurry for manufacturing semiconductor devices.
| |
| − | - The composite abrasive consists of a host material with abrasive particles protruding from its surface.
| |
| − | - The host material has a lower Mohs hardness compared to the abrasive particles.
| |
| − | - The host material can have a two-dimensional planar structure or a layered structure.
| |
| − | - The binding force between the host material and the abrasive particles is at least 200 nN.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Provided are a composite abrasive, a method of preparing same, polishing slurry including same, and a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device using the polishing slurry, the composite abrasive including a host material and abrasive particles protruding from the surface of the host material. The host material may have a Mohs hardness smaller than a Mohs hardness of the abrasive particles. The host material may have a two-dimensional planar structure and/or a layered structure. A binding force between the host material and the abrasive particles may be greater than or equal to about 200 nN.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===WASHING APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18351884. WASHING APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18351884]])=== | | ===WASHING APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18351884. WASHING APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18351884]])=== |
| Line 406: |
Line 179: |
| | Namgil KIM | | Namgil KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a washing apparatus that includes a main body with a door, a spin basket inside the main body that rotates about a rotary shaft, and a motor that powers the rotary shaft.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The washing apparatus also includes a spring clutch with two cores - one rotating with the motor and the other rotating with the rotation shaft. The spring clutch selectively transmits power from the motor to the spin basket.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The apparatus has a processor and a sensor that measures the revolutions per minute (RPM) of the spring clutch.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * When the motor completes its driving based on an input signal, the processor controls the motor to stop.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * After the motor stops, the processor then controls the motor to be re-driven for a preset driving time based on the measurement value of the sensor.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A washing apparatus is provided. The washing apparatus includes a main body having a door, a spin basket disposed inside the main body and rotating about a rotary shaft, a motor providing power to the rotary shaft, a spring clutch including a first core rotating in conjunction with the motor and a second core rotating in conjunction with the rotation shaft, and selectively transmitting power of the motor to the spin basket, a processor, and a sensor that measures revolutions per minute (RPM) of the spring clutch, and when the driving of the motor based on an input signal is completed, the processor controls to stop the driving of the motor, and after stopping the driving of the motor, controls the motor to be re-driven for a preset driving time based on a measurement value of the sensor.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===CLOTHES DRYER AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR ([[US Patent Application 18221933. CLOTHES DRYER AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR simplified abstract|18221933]])=== | | ===CLOTHES DRYER AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR ([[US Patent Application 18221933. CLOTHES DRYER AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR simplified abstract|18221933]])=== |
| Line 428: |
Line 187: |
| | Myungwon JEON | | Myungwon JEON |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a clothes dryer with a control panel, a rotatable drum, and a filter to filter air discharged from the drum.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The dryer includes a filter sensor that detects the mounting state of the filter and outputs a detection signal based on the mounting state.
| |
| − | * A memory is used to record any changes in the mounted state of the filter as events.
| |
| − | * A processor is responsible for controlling the display on the control panel and is connected to the control panel, filter sensor, and memory.
| |
| − | * The processor displays a notification on the control panel related to the management of the filter based on whether any events due to changes in the mounting state of the filter are recorded in the memory.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A clothes dryer comprising: a cabinet; a control panel including a power button and a display; a drum rotatable inside the cabinet; a filter to filter air discharged from the drum; a filter sensor to detect a mounting state of the filter and output a detection signal based on the mounting state of the filter detected; a memory to record a change in the mounted state of the filter as an event based on the mounting state of the filter detected by the filter sensor; and a processor to communicatively connect to the control panel, the filter sensor, the memory, and to control the display so that the display displays a notification related to the management of the filter based whether the event due to the change in the mounting state of the filter is recorded in the memory.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===AIR CONDITIONER ([[US Patent Application 18221481. AIR CONDITIONER simplified abstract|18221481]])=== | | ===AIR CONDITIONER ([[US Patent Application 18221481. AIR CONDITIONER simplified abstract|18221481]])=== |
| Line 447: |
Line 195: |
| | Sang Ki CHO | | Sang Ki CHO |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application describes an air conditioner with a discharge blade that can move between a guide position and a closing position.
| |
| − | - The discharge blade controls the direction of air blown from a blower fan and discharged to an outlet.
| |
| − | - The discharge blade has multiple blade holes through which the air is discharged when in the closing position.
| |
| − | - The movement of the discharge blade controls the air flow from the blower fan to a discharge plate or the outlet.
| |
| − | - The purpose of this configuration is to allow for the control of the air flow discharged to the outside of the housing through the operation of the discharge blade.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An air conditioner includes a discharge blade configured to move between a guide position at which a direction of air blown from a blower fan and discharged to an outlet is controlled, and a closing position at which the outlet is closed, wherein the discharge blade includes a plurality of blade holes through which the air is discharged through the discharge blade at the closing position, wherein the discharge blade moves between the guide position and the closing position and controls an air flow from the blower fan to a discharge plate or the outlet. Through this configuration, an air flow discharged to the outside of the housing can be controlled by operation of the discharge blade.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===AIR CONDITIONER ([[US Patent Application 18219313. AIR CONDITIONER simplified abstract|18219313]])=== | | ===AIR CONDITIONER ([[US Patent Application 18219313. AIR CONDITIONER simplified abstract|18219313]])=== |
| Line 465: |
Line 203: |
| | Ajiki Tomohito | | Ajiki Tomohito |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an air conditioner that can direct air in a desired direction with adjustable speed without compromising its appearance.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The air conditioner includes a ceiling-embedded indoor unit that releases air into a room through an air outlet while simultaneously drawing in indoor air through an air inlet.
| |
| − | * The air conditioner is equipped with a main flap that can guide the direction of air discharged from the air outlet in a predetermined direction.
| |
| − | * Additionally, there is a sub-flap that helps guide the direction of air between the main flap and the sub-flap in the same predetermined direction.
| |
| − | * The length of the main flap, in the direction of air flow, is longer than the length of the sub-flap in the same direction.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Disclosed herein is an air conditioner capable of guiding air in a desired direction with an adjusted speed without marring the appearance to solve the above-described problems. An air conditioner comprising a ceiling-embedded type indoor unit configured to discharge air into an indoor room through an air outlet simultaneously sucking indoor air through an air inlet, wherein a air conditioner comprises, a main flap configured to guide a direction of air discharged from a air outlet in a preset direction, and a sub-flap configured to guide the direction of air between the main flap and the sub-flap in the preset direction, wherein a length of a main flap in a direction where air flows is longer than that of the sub-flap in the direction where air flows.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING BODY TEMPERATURE ([[US Patent Application 17900404. APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING BODY TEMPERATURE simplified abstract|17900404]])=== | | ===APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING BODY TEMPERATURE ([[US Patent Application 17900404. APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING BODY TEMPERATURE simplified abstract|17900404]])=== |
| Line 484: |
Line 211: |
| | Bok Soon KWON | | Bok Soon KWON |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an apparatus for estimating body temperature of an object using a heating element and temperature sensors.
| |
| − | * The apparatus includes a heating element that generates heat.
| |
| − | * A first temperature sensor measures the temperature of the heating element.
| |
| − | * A second temperature sensor is placed away from the first sensor and measures the surface temperature of an object when it comes into contact with it.
| |
| − | * A processor uses the temperature measurements from the heating element and the object's surface to estimate the object's core temperature.
| |
| − | * The processor then corrects the core temperature estimation based on the external temperature to estimate the object's body temperature.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An apparatus for estimating body temperature of an object may include: a heating element; a first temperature sensor configured to measure temperature of the heating element; a second temperature sensor disposed at a position spaced apart from the first temperature sensor and configured to measure surface temperature of an object upon contact with the object; and a processor configured to estimate core temperature using a heat flux based on the temperature of the heating element and the surface temperature of the object, and to estimate body temperature of the object by correcting the core temperature, estimated using the heat flux, based on external temperature.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND DEVICE WITH ESTIMATING BATTERY STATE ([[US Patent Application 17984401. METHOD AND DEVICE WITH ESTIMATING BATTERY STATE simplified abstract|17984401]])=== | | ===METHOD AND DEVICE WITH ESTIMATING BATTERY STATE ([[US Patent Application 17984401. METHOD AND DEVICE WITH ESTIMATING BATTERY STATE simplified abstract|17984401]])=== |
| Line 503: |
Line 219: |
| | Jinho KIM | | Jinho KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a device and method for estimating the state of a battery.
| |
| − | * The method involves charging the battery in a constant current mode and continuously updating the state of charge value of the battery during this mode.
| |
| − | * When the measured voltage of the battery reaches a certain cutoff value, the charging mode is switched to a constant voltage mode.
| |
| − | * The state of charge value of the battery is then iteratively updated while in the constant voltage mode.
| |
| − | * This device and method provide a more accurate estimation of the battery's state of charge during the charging process.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A device and method with battery state estimation are disclosed. A method includes charging a battery in a constant current (CC) charging mode, iteratively updating a full state of charge (SOC) value of the battery while in the CC charging mode, when a measured voltage value of the battery is determined to be greater than or equal to a cutoff voltage value, switching from the CC charging mode to a constant voltage (CV) charging mode and charging the battery in the CV charging mode, and iteratively updating the full SOC value while the battery is in the CV charging mode.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===META LENS AND OPTICAL APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18224990. META LENS AND OPTICAL APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME simplified abstract|18224990]])=== | | ===META LENS AND OPTICAL APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18224990. META LENS AND OPTICAL APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME simplified abstract|18224990]])=== |
| Line 521: |
Line 227: |
| | Hyunsung PARK | | Hyunsung PARK |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a meta lens that consists of two lens surfaces, one opposite to the other.
| |
| − | * At least one of the lens surfaces is a metasurface with nanostructures smaller than the wavelength of the light it operates on.
| |
| − | * The deflection properties of the two lens surfaces are opposite to each other in certain regions based on the position of the incident light.
| |
| − | * The meta lens is designed to operate within a specific wavelength band.
| |
| − | * The innovation lies in the use of metasurfaces with nanostructures to achieve the desired deflection properties.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A meta lens includes a first lens surface, and a second lens surface provided opposite to the first lens surface, wherein at least one of the first lens surface and the second lens surface is a metasurface including a plurality of nanostructures having a sub-wavelength dimension that is less than a central wavelength λin an operation wavelength band of the meta lens, and wherein a deflection property of the first lens surface and a deflection property of the second lens surface based on positions of incident light are opposite to each other in at least some regions of each of the first lens surface and the second lens surface.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SIMULTANEOUS PHASE AND POLARIZATION MODULATION BY HYBRID METASURFACE FOR ON-CHIP POLARIZATION FILTERS ([[US Patent Application 18222418. SIMULTANEOUS PHASE AND POLARIZATION MODULATION BY HYBRID METASURFACE FOR ON-CHIP POLARIZATION FILTERS simplified abstract|18222418]])=== | | ===SIMULTANEOUS PHASE AND POLARIZATION MODULATION BY HYBRID METASURFACE FOR ON-CHIP POLARIZATION FILTERS ([[US Patent Application 18222418. SIMULTANEOUS PHASE AND POLARIZATION MODULATION BY HYBRID METASURFACE FOR ON-CHIP POLARIZATION FILTERS simplified abstract|18222418]])=== |
| Line 539: |
Line 235: |
| | Radwanul Hasan SIDDIQUE | | Radwanul Hasan SIDDIQUE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application describes a filter for an imaging device that includes an array of phase-modulating nanostructures formed on a substrate.
| |
| − | - The nanostructures are capable of changing the phase of incident light by a predetermined amount based on their width.
| |
| − | - The filter can be used to focus light towards the center of a pixel on an image sensor, improving image quality.
| |
| − | - The phase-modulating nanostructures are made from a material with a refractive index greater than 1.9.
| |
| − | - The filter can also be used to create a quarter-wave plate, which is a device used to manipulate the polarization of light.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A filter for an imaging device includes an array of phase-modulating nanostructures formed on a substrate. At least one phase-modulating nanostructure of the array of phase-modulating nanostructures changes a phase of incident light a predetermined amount based on a first width and a second width of the phase-modulating nanostructure in which the first width is perpendicular to the second width. In one embodiment, the filter focuses light incident on the filter towards a center a pixel of an image sensor at an image plane. In another embodiment, the phase-modulating nanostructure is formed from a material having a refractive index that is greater than 1.9. The filter can also be used to form a quarter-wave plate.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING CAMERA MODULE ([[US Patent Application 18224663. ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING CAMERA MODULE simplified abstract|18224663]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING CAMERA MODULE ([[US Patent Application 18224663. ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING CAMERA MODULE simplified abstract|18224663]])=== |
| Line 557: |
Line 243: |
| | Seungyong KIM | | Seungyong KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device with a camera module inside a housing.
| |
| − | * The camera module includes a barrel with an opening and multiple lenses aligned with an image sensor inside the barrel.
| |
| − | * The lenses include a first lens closest to the opening, which has a larger diameter than the opening.
| |
| − | * The first lens has a lens portion exposed to the opening, a connecting portion extending away from the lens portion, and a flange portion extending perpendicular to the stack direction of the lenses.
| |
| − | * The barrel has a head portion with the opening and a smaller diameter, a body portion accommodating other lenses with a larger diameter, and an engaging portion that connects with the flange portion of the first lens.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | According to certain embodiments, an electronic device comprises a housing; and a camera module disposed in an inner space of the housing and including: a barrel having an opening; and a plurality of lenses with aligned centers with an image sensor in an inner space of the barrel, wherein the plurality of lenses comprises at least one other lens and a first lens disposed closest to the opening and having a first outer diameter, wherein the first lens includes: a lens portion, forming an effective area of the first lens, the lens portion exposed to the opening; a connecting portion, forming a portion of an ineffective area of the first lens, extended from the lens portion and inclined at an angle in a first direction away from the lens portion; and a flange portion, forming another portion of the ineffective area of the lens portion, extended from the connecting portion in a second direction substantially perpendicular to a stack direction of the plurality of lenses, wherein the barrel includes: a head portion containing the opening and having a second outer diameter; a body portion extended from the head portion, accommodating the at least one other lens of the plurality of lenses, and having a third outer diameter greater than the second outer diameter; and an engaging portion formed in the inner space of the barrel and engaged with the flange portion, and wherein the first outer diameter of the first lens is greater than the second outer diameter of the head portion.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===DISPLAY APPARATUS PROVIDING IMMERSIVE IMAGE ([[US Patent Application 18126174. DISPLAY APPARATUS PROVIDING IMMERSIVE IMAGE simplified abstract|18126174]])=== | | ===DISPLAY APPARATUS PROVIDING IMMERSIVE IMAGE ([[US Patent Application 18126174. DISPLAY APPARATUS PROVIDING IMMERSIVE IMAGE simplified abstract|18126174]])=== |
| Line 575: |
Line 251: |
| | Kwanghyun WON | | Kwanghyun WON |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a display apparatus that includes various components to control the polarization state of image light and focus it on a virtual plane at a specific depth position.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The display apparatus has an image forming device that provides image light.
| |
| − | * A polarization controller is included to adjust the polarization state of the image light.
| |
| − | * A processor controls the polarization controller based on the image information to be displayed.
| |
| − | * A polarization beam splitter is placed in the optical path of the image light, reflecting light of a certain polarization and transmitting light of a different polarization.
| |
| − | * A curved mirror is positioned in another optical path of the reflected image light from the polarization beam splitter.
| |
| − | * The curved mirror focuses the image light on a virtual plane at a specific depth position.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A display apparatus includes an image forming device configured to provide image light, a polarization controller configured to adjust a polarization state of the image light provided from the image forming device, a processor configured to control the polarization controller, based on image information to be provided to a user, a polarization beam splitter provided in a first optical path where the image light travels, the polarization beam splitter configured to reflect light of a first polarization, and transmit light of a second polarization that is different from the first polarization, and a first curved mirror provided in a second optical path of first image light among the image light reflected from the polarization beam splitter and configured to focus the first image light on a first virtual plane at a first depth position.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===DISPLAY APPARATUS COMPRISING A REFLECTIVE SHEET HAVING A PLURALITY OF FIRST, SECOND, AND THIRD LIGHT CONVERSION DOTS RESPECTIVELY DISPOSED AROUND FIRST, SECOND, AND THIRD HOLES OF THE REFLECTIVE SHEET ([[US Patent Application 18352776. DISPLAY APPARATUS COMPRISING A REFLECTIVE SHEET HAVING A PLURALITY OF FIRST, SECOND, AND THIRD LIGHT CONVERSION DOTS RESPECTIVELY DISPOSED AROUND FIRST, SECOND, AND THIRD HOLES OF THE REFLECTIVE SHEET simplified abstract|18352776]])=== | | ===DISPLAY APPARATUS COMPRISING A REFLECTIVE SHEET HAVING A PLURALITY OF FIRST, SECOND, AND THIRD LIGHT CONVERSION DOTS RESPECTIVELY DISPOSED AROUND FIRST, SECOND, AND THIRD HOLES OF THE REFLECTIVE SHEET ([[US Patent Application 18352776. DISPLAY APPARATUS COMPRISING A REFLECTIVE SHEET HAVING A PLURALITY OF FIRST, SECOND, AND THIRD LIGHT CONVERSION DOTS RESPECTIVELY DISPOSED AROUND FIRST, SECOND, AND THIRD HOLES OF THE REFLECTIVE SHEET simplified abstract|18352776]])=== |
| Line 596: |
Line 259: |
| | Yoonki PARK | | Yoonki PARK |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a display apparatus that includes a liquid crystal panel and light sources emitting blue light. It also includes a reflective sheet with holes and light conversion dots.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The display apparatus consists of a liquid crystal panel and blue light-emitting light sources.
| |
| − | * A reflective sheet is included, which has holes in it.
| |
| − | * The holes on the reflective sheet are positioned at specific distances from the edges.
| |
| − | * There are three holes in total: one near the first edge, one near the second edge, and one at a different distance from the first edge.
| |
| − | * Light conversion dots are placed around each hole on the reflective sheet.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A display apparatus includes a liquid crystal panel; light sources configured to emit blue light; and a reflective sheet including a first edge portion and a second edge portion, wherein a plurality of holes are disposed on the reflective sheet, the plurality of holes includes a first hole, a second hole, and a third hole. The first hole is disposed at a first distance from an edge of the first edge portion, the second hole is disposed at the first distance from an edge of the second edge portion, and the third hole is disposed at a second distance from the edge of the first edge portion. The display apparatus further includes first light conversion dots disposed around the first hole, second light conversion dots disposed around the second hole, and third light conversion dots disposed around the third hole.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING THREE-DIMENSIONAL HOLOGRAPHIC IMAGE ([[US Patent Application 18222309. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING THREE-DIMENSIONAL HOLOGRAPHIC IMAGE simplified abstract|18222309]])=== | | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING THREE-DIMENSIONAL HOLOGRAPHIC IMAGE ([[US Patent Application 18222309. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING THREE-DIMENSIONAL HOLOGRAPHIC IMAGE simplified abstract|18222309]])=== |
| Line 616: |
Line 267: |
| | Hoon SONG | | Hoon SONG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method for processing a three-dimensional holographic image.
| |
| − | * Obtaining depth images from depth data of a three-dimensional object.
| |
| − | * Dividing each depth image into a predetermined number of sub-images.
| |
| − | * Obtaining interference patterns of computer-generated hologram (CGH) patches for each sub-image.
| |
| − | * Performing a Fourier transform to calculate an interference pattern in a CGH plane for object data in each sub-image.
| |
| − | * Generating a CGH for the three-dimensional object using the obtained interference patterns of the CGH patches.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A method for processing a three-dimensional holographic image includes obtaining depth images from depth data of a three-dimensional object, dividing each of the depth images into a predetermined number of sub-images, obtaining interference patterns of computer-generated hologram (CGH) patches corresponding to each of the sub-images by performing a Fourier transform to calculate an interference pattern in a CGH plane for object data included in each of the sub-images, and generating a CGH for the three-dimensional object using the obtained interference patterns of the CGH patches.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING BODY-CONTACTABLE ELECTRODE ([[US Patent Application 18224870. ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING BODY-CONTACTABLE ELECTRODE simplified abstract|18224870]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING BODY-CONTACTABLE ELECTRODE ([[US Patent Application 18224870. ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING BODY-CONTACTABLE ELECTRODE simplified abstract|18224870]])=== |
| Line 635: |
Line 275: |
| | Chungki CHO | | Chungki CHO |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | This patent application describes an electronic device that includes a main body, a display, an electrode, and a processor. The device is designed to measure an electrical value through the electrode and determine whether to control the device's performance based on this value.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The device includes a main body, a display, an electrode, and a processor.
| |
| − | * The electrode is in contact with the user's body and measures an electrical value.
| |
| − | * The processor compares this value to a preconfigured control-requiring value to determine if the device's performance needs to be controlled.
| |
| − | * The electrical value is classified into two ranges: a first range and a second range.
| |
| − | * If the electrical value is within the first range, the device's performance is controlled to a first level.
| |
| − | * If the electrical value is within the second range, the device's performance is controlled to a second level, which is relatively lower than the first level.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device includes a main body; a display; an electrode positioned in the main body to be in contact with a body of a user; and a processor operatively connected to the display and the electrode, wherein the processor is configured to: identify an electrical value measured through the electrode, determine whether to control a performance of the electronic device by comparing the electrical value and a preconfigured control-requiring value, identify whether the electrical value is within at least one of a first range and a second range which are classified and configured in advance, based on identifying that the electrical value is within the first range, control the performance of the electronic device to a first level, and based on identifying that the electrical value is within the second range, control the performance of the electronic device to a second level, and wherein the performance of the electronic device controlled to the second level is relatively lower than the performance of the electronic device controlled to the first level.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===FOLDABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING FLEXIBLE DISPLAY ELEMENT ([[US Patent Application 18222822. FOLDABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING FLEXIBLE DISPLAY ELEMENT simplified abstract|18222822]])=== | | ===FOLDABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING FLEXIBLE DISPLAY ELEMENT ([[US Patent Application 18222822. FOLDABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING FLEXIBLE DISPLAY ELEMENT simplified abstract|18222822]])=== |
| Line 656: |
Line 283: |
| | Ho-seong SEO | | Ho-seong SEO |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device with a flexible display that can be folded.
| |
| − | * The device consists of two bodies connected by a hinge unit.
| |
| − | * The hinge unit includes a bendable support member and multiple slit members.
| |
| − | * The flexible display is placed on the hinge unit and extends across both bodies.
| |
| − | * Each slit member has a fixed end supported by the support member and a free end that reaches towards the flexible display.
| |
| − | * The slit members are arranged in a longitudinal direction and spaced apart.
| |
| − | * When the device is folded, the free ends of the slit members move closer to each other and touch, limiting the curvature of the flexible display.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device includes a first and second body, a hinge unit configured to connect to the first and second body, and a flexible display disposed on the hinge unit, the first, and second body, wherein the hinge unit includes a bendable support member supported by the first and second body, and a plurality of slit members, wherein each slit member includes a fixed end that is supported by the support member and a free end that extends toward the flexible display, and wherein the plurality of slit members are arranged in a longitudinal direction relative to the flexible display and are spaced apart by an interval, wherein the free ends limit a curvature of the flexible display in a folded state by moving closer to each other and touching.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===FOLDABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING HINGE ASSEMBLY ([[US Patent Application 18356817. FOLDABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING HINGE ASSEMBLY simplified abstract|18356817]])=== | | ===FOLDABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING HINGE ASSEMBLY ([[US Patent Application 18356817. FOLDABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING HINGE ASSEMBLY simplified abstract|18356817]])=== |
| Line 676: |
Line 291: |
| | Jaeho KANG | | Jaeho KANG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a foldable communication device with a flexible display and a hinge structure.
| |
| − | * The device includes a housing with a first housing, a second housing, and a hinge housing.
| |
| − | * A flexible display is accommodated in the first housing, second housing, and hinge housing.
| |
| − | * The hinge structure is housed in the hinge housing and connects the first and second housings.
| |
| − | * The hinge structure includes brackets that rotate around different axes.
| |
| − | * Support members with protruding ribs are coupled with the brackets.
| |
| − | * A third support member is positioned between the first and second support members.
| |
| − | * A stopper with a through-hole and an elastic member is included in the hinge structure.
| |
| − | * The elastic member is deformed when the support ribs move in a certain direction during folding/unfolding.
| |
| − | * The elastic member restores its shape to move the third support member in the opposite direction during folding/unfolding.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A foldable communication device including a housing including a first housing, a second housing, and a hinge housing coupled between the first housing and the second housing; a flexible display accommodated in the first housing, the second housing, and the hinge housing; and a hinge structure substantially accommodated in the hinge housing and coupled with the first housing and the second housing is provided. The hinge structure includes a first bracket coupled with the first housing and configured to rotate about a first axis; a second bracket coupled with the second housing and configured to rotate about a second axis; a first support member coupled with the first bracket, and including a first support rib protruding from one region of the first support member; a second support member coupled with the second bracket, and including a second support rib protruding from one region of the second support member; a third support member at least partially disposed between the first support member and the second support member; a stopper including a through-hole formed therein; and an elastic member disposed in at least one portion of the through-hole such that the elastic member is deformed when the third support member is moved in a first direction opposite to the hinge housing by the first support rib of the first support member or the second support rib of the second support member, according to the foldable communication device being changed from a folded state to an unfolded state, and is restored to move the third support member in a second direction opposite to the first direction, according to the foldable communication device being changed from the unfolded state to the folded state.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===HEAD MOUNTED DISPLAY APPARATUS, METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM ([[US Patent Application 17427736. HEAD MOUNTED DISPLAY APPARATUS, METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM simplified abstract|17427736]])=== | | ===HEAD MOUNTED DISPLAY APPARATUS, METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM ([[US Patent Application 17427736. HEAD MOUNTED DISPLAY APPARATUS, METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM simplified abstract|17427736]])=== |
| Line 699: |
Line 299: |
| | Jaesung CHOI | | Jaesung CHOI |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a head mounted display apparatus that includes a display, a camera, and a controller.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The display is mounted on the user's head and provides visual content.
| |
| − | * The camera is positioned on the back surface of the display and captures an image of the user's eyes.
| |
| − | * The controller processes the captured image to detect the user's eyes and measure the distance between them (inter-pupillary distance or IPD).
| |
| − | * Based on the measured IPD, the controller converts the visual content to match the user's eye distance.
| |
| − | * The converted visual content is then displayed on the display for the user to see.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Provided are a head mounted display apparatus, an operating method thereof, and a storage medium. The head mounted display apparatus includes at least one display, at least one camera disposed on a back surface of the at least one display, and a controller, in which the controller is configured to obtain an image regarding both eyes of a user through the at least one camera, detect the both eyes of the user from the obtained image, measure an inter-pupillary distance (IPD) of the user based on the detected both eyes of the user, convert a picture based on the measured IPD, and display the converted picture on the at least one display.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===DIGITAL PEN AND PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING SAME ([[US Patent Application 18222148. DIGITAL PEN AND PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING SAME simplified abstract|18222148]])=== | | ===DIGITAL PEN AND PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING SAME ([[US Patent Application 18222148. DIGITAL PEN AND PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING SAME simplified abstract|18222148]])=== |
| Line 719: |
Line 307: |
| | Sangyup LEE | | Sangyup LEE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a digital pen that has a housing, a pen tip, a rod, a resonance circuit, and a control bar.
| |
| − | * The digital pen has a housing that contains various components.
| |
| − | * The pen tip is exposed through one end of the housing.
| |
| − | * A rod extends from the pen tip into the housing.
| |
| − | * The resonance circuit includes a coil, a resonance capacitor, and a variable capacitor.
| |
| − | * The coil generates an electric current when a first signal is applied.
| |
| − | * The resonance capacitor discharges the accumulated electric charge to the coil, resulting in the generation of a second signal.
| |
| − | * The variable capacitor is used to change the resonance frequency of the second signal based on the pressure transferred from the pen tip through the rod.
| |
| − | * The control bar is movable and can be in two positions.
| |
| − | * In the first position, the control bar does not surround the coil.
| |
| − | * In the second position, the control bar surrounds a part of the coil.
| |
| − | * The control bar has a metallic part that is used to change the resonance frequency of the second signal.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A digital pen includes a housing, a pen tip exposed through an end of the housing, a rod extending from the pen tip into the housing, a resonance circuit and a control bar. The resonant circuit includes a coil to generate an electric current by a first signal, a resonance capacitor for discharging the accumulated electric charge to the coil such that the coil generates a second signal, and a variable capacitor for changing the resonance frequency of the second signal depending on pressure transferred from the pen tip through the rod. The control bar is movable from a first position, in which the control bar does not surround the coil, to a second position, in which the control bar surrounds a part of the coil, and has a metallic part to change the resonance frequency of the second signal.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND DEVICE OF PROVIDING ADAPTIVE USER INTERFACE BASED ON USER FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS ([[US Patent Application 18217246. METHOD AND DEVICE OF PROVIDING ADAPTIVE USER INTERFACE BASED ON USER FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS simplified abstract|18217246]])=== | | ===METHOD AND DEVICE OF PROVIDING ADAPTIVE USER INTERFACE BASED ON USER FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS ([[US Patent Application 18217246. METHOD AND DEVICE OF PROVIDING ADAPTIVE USER INTERFACE BASED ON USER FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS simplified abstract|18217246]])=== |
| Line 744: |
Line 315: |
| | Saurabh PAREEK | | Saurabh PAREEK |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application describes a method for providing an adaptive user interface in an electronic device.
| |
| − | - The method involves identifying a user functional element (UFE) in an application of the electronic device.
| |
| − | - A trigger span is determined for the UFE, and a trigger is initiated when the trigger span expires.
| |
| − | - The electronic device then determines the probability of use for the UFE that triggered.
| |
| − | - If the probability of use is below a certain threshold, the adaptive user interface associated with the UFE is updated.
| |
| − | - The purpose of this method is to dynamically adjust the user interface based on the likelihood of a particular function being used.
| |
| − | - This can help streamline the interface and improve user experience by prioritizing commonly used functions.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | One or more embodiments provide a method of providing an adaptive user interface in an electronic device. The method includes identifying, by the electronic device, a user functional element (UFE) in an application of the electronic device. The method further includes determining, by the electronic device, a trigger span for the UFE, and initiating, by the electronic device, a trigger in response to determining that the trigger span for the UFE is expired. The method further includes determining, by the electronic device, a probability of use of the UFE for which the trigger is initiated. The method further includes determining, by the electronic device, that the probability of the use of the UFE is less than a threshold probability. The method further includes updating, by the electronic device, the adaptive user interface associated with the UFE the based on the probability.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===PERSONALIZED ELECTRONIC DEVICE INFERRING USER INPUT, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME ([[US Patent Application 18221288. PERSONALIZED ELECTRONIC DEVICE INFERRING USER INPUT, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME simplified abstract|18221288]])=== | | ===PERSONALIZED ELECTRONIC DEVICE INFERRING USER INPUT, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME ([[US Patent Application 18221288. PERSONALIZED ELECTRONIC DEVICE INFERRING USER INPUT, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME simplified abstract|18221288]])=== |
| Line 764: |
Line 323: |
| | Jinyoung HWANG | | Jinyoung HWANG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | This patent application describes an electronic device that uses artificial intelligence to perform operations based on user inputs. The device collects touch data from the user and compares it to pre-stored training data sets to identify the type of input. It then trains an artificial intelligence model based on the identified data set and performs the corresponding operation.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * Electronic device uses artificial intelligence to perform operations based on user inputs
| |
| − | * Collects touch data from the user
| |
| − | * Compares touch data to pre-stored training data sets
| |
| − | * Identifies a similar training data set
| |
| − | * Trains an artificial intelligence model based on the identified data set
| |
| − | * Identifies the type of user input based on the trained model
| |
| − | * Performs the operation corresponding to the identified input type
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Provided is an electronic device configured to perform an operation corresponding to a user input by using an artificial intelligence model, and a method performed by the electronic device, of performing the operation. The method comprises obtaining touch data related to a touch input of a user, identifying a first training data set similar to the touch data from a plurality of pre-stored training data sets, training an artificial intelligence model based on the first training data set, identifying a type of a user input that is input to the electronic device, based on the trained artificial intelligence model, and performing an operation corresponding to the identified type of the user input.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD FOR PROVIDING CLIPBOARD FUNCTION, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE SUPPORTING SAME ([[US Patent Application 18351046. METHOD FOR PROVIDING CLIPBOARD FUNCTION, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE SUPPORTING SAME simplified abstract|18351046]])=== | | ===METHOD FOR PROVIDING CLIPBOARD FUNCTION, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE SUPPORTING SAME ([[US Patent Application 18351046. METHOD FOR PROVIDING CLIPBOARD FUNCTION, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE SUPPORTING SAME simplified abstract|18351046]])=== |
| Line 786: |
Line 331: |
| | Dahye YOON | | Dahye YOON |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application describes an electronic device with a display, memory, and processor.
| |
| − | - The device can display content on the display and store data corresponding to the content in its memory.
| |
| − | - In response to a user input related to copying, the device can store a portion of the content as clip data.
| |
| − | - The processor can also generate different clip data based on analyzing the stored clip data using image or text analysis.
| |
| − | - The device can display indicators on the display to represent the original clip data and the generated clip data.
| |
| − | - The patent application suggests that there may be various other embodiments and possibilities related to this innovation.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device may include: a display for displaying content; a memory for storing data corresponding to the content; and a processor operatively connected to the display and the memory, wherein the processor may be configured to: display content on the display; in response to a user input related to copying, store at least a partial area of the content as first clip data; generate second clip data different from the first clip data on the basis of at least a part of a result of image or text analysis relating to the first clip data; and display, on the display, a first indicator relating to the first clip data and a second indicator relating to the second clip data. Other various embodiments identified through the specification are possible.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE COMPRISING HETEROGENEOUS MEMORIES AND METHOD FOR TRANSFERRING COMPRESSION DATA BETWEEN HETEROGENEOUS MEMORIES THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18356777. ELECTRONIC DEVICE COMPRISING HETEROGENEOUS MEMORIES AND METHOD FOR TRANSFERRING COMPRESSION DATA BETWEEN HETEROGENEOUS MEMORIES THEREOF simplified abstract|18356777]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE COMPRISING HETEROGENEOUS MEMORIES AND METHOD FOR TRANSFERRING COMPRESSION DATA BETWEEN HETEROGENEOUS MEMORIES THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18356777. ELECTRONIC DEVICE COMPRISING HETEROGENEOUS MEMORIES AND METHOD FOR TRANSFERRING COMPRESSION DATA BETWEEN HETEROGENEOUS MEMORIES THEREOF simplified abstract|18356777]])=== |
| Line 805: |
Line 339: |
| | Sooyong SUK | | Sooyong SUK |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device with a volatile memory, non-volatile memory, and a processor.
| |
| − | * The processor can compress user data and store it in the volatile memory.
| |
| − | * It can move specific compressed objects from the volatile memory to a temporary buffer.
| |
| − | * When the temporary buffer is full, the processor can move the compressed objects to the non-volatile memory.
| |
| − | * This allows for efficient storage and management of user data in the electronic device.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device is provided. The electronic device includes a volatile memory for storing user data, a non-volatile memory, and a processor operatively connected to the volatile memory and the non-volatile memory. The processor may be configured to store first compressed objects, which are obtained by compressing some of the user data in a page unit, in an empty area of the volatile memory, to move a second compressed object, which satisfies a specified condition, from among the first compressed objects to a temporary buffer set in the volatile memory, and to move third compressed objects, which are stored in the temporary buffer, to the non-volatile memory in a compressed state when the temporary buffer is filled to have a specified size or more.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND DEVICES FOR DATA STORAGE WITH SPECIFIED DATA TRANSFER RATE ([[US Patent Application 18222422. SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND DEVICES FOR DATA STORAGE WITH SPECIFIED DATA TRANSFER RATE simplified abstract|18222422]])=== | | ===SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND DEVICES FOR DATA STORAGE WITH SPECIFIED DATA TRANSFER RATE ([[US Patent Application 18222422. SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND DEVICES FOR DATA STORAGE WITH SPECIFIED DATA TRANSFER RATE simplified abstract|18222422]])=== |
| Line 823: |
Line 347: |
| | Ramdas P. KACHARE | | Ramdas P. KACHARE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application describes a method for controlling data transfer between a storage device and a host based on a specified data rate.
| |
| − | - The method involves receiving a command for data transfer, determining the specified data rate, and performing the data transfer accordingly.
| |
| − | - The data transfer consists of a peak portion and an idle portion.
| |
| − | - The storage device controls both the peak and idle portions of the data transfer based on the specified data rate.
| |
| − | - Additionally, the storage device can control the data transfer based on a peak burst size.
| |
| − | - The specified data rate can be received from the host or determined by the storage device by monitoring various parameters of the data transfer.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A method may include receiving, at a storage device, a command for a data transfer between the storage device and a host, determining a specified data rate for the data transfer, and performing the data transfer between the storage device and the host based on the command, wherein the storage device may control the data transfer based on the specified data rate. The data transfer may include a peak portion and an idle portion. The method may further include controlling, at the storage device, a peak portion and an idle portion of the data transfer based on the specified data rate. The method may further include controlling, at the storage device, the data transfer based on a peak burst size. The specified data rate may be received from the host and/or determined by the storage device by monitoring one or more parameters of a data transfer.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING DEVICE MEMORY AND PROGRAMS ([[US Patent Application 18141362. SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING DEVICE MEMORY AND PROGRAMS simplified abstract|18141362]])=== | | ===SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING DEVICE MEMORY AND PROGRAMS ([[US Patent Application 18141362. SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING DEVICE MEMORY AND PROGRAMS simplified abstract|18141362]])=== |
| Line 842: |
Line 355: |
| | Oscar P. PINTO | | Oscar P. PINTO |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application describes a device that includes a memory and a functionality circuit.
| |
| − | - The functionality circuit is capable of accessing the device memory.
| |
| − | - A control circuit is included in the device and provides information indicating the capability of the functionality circuit to access the memory.
| |
| − | - The control circuit can also receive requests and perform configuration operations based on those requests.
| |
| − | - One possible configuration operation is to configure a portion of the device memory to be accessed by the functionality circuit.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A device may include a device memory, and a device functionality circuit, wherein at least a portion of the device functionality circuit may be capable of accessing at least a portion of the device memory, and a control circuit configured to provide information, wherein the information may indicate that the at least a portion of the device functionality circuit may be capable of accessing the at least a portion of the device memory. Additionally, or alternatively, the control circuit may be configured to receive at least one request, and perform, based on the at least one request, a configuration operation, wherein the configuration operation may include configuring at least a portion of the device memory to be accessed by the at least a portion of the device functionality circuit.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===INTELLIGENT PATH SELECTION AND LOAD BALANCING ([[US Patent Application 18224409. INTELLIGENT PATH SELECTION AND LOAD BALANCING simplified abstract|18224409]])=== | | ===INTELLIGENT PATH SELECTION AND LOAD BALANCING ([[US Patent Application 18224409. INTELLIGENT PATH SELECTION AND LOAD BALANCING simplified abstract|18224409]])=== |
| Line 860: |
Line 363: |
| | Zhengyu Yang | | Zhengyu Yang |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a method for managing input-output in a system that includes a centralized processing circuit, multiple storage targets, and two input-output processors.
| |
| − | * The method involves determining if the first input-output processor is connected to a specific storage target and if the second input-output processor is also connected to the same target.
| |
| − | * If both processors are connected to the target, the method dispatches a set of input-output requests to each processor based on their respective service rates to the target.
| |
| − | * The dispatching is done in proportion to the service rate of the first processor and the service rate of the second processor.
| |
| − | * The goal is to efficiently distribute the input-output requests between the processors based on their capabilities and the demands of the target.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A method for dispatching input-output in a system. The system may include a centralized processing circuit, a plurality of persistent storage targets, a first input-output processor, and a second input-output processor. The method may include determining whether the first input-output processor is connected to a first target of the plurality of persistent storage targets; determining whether the second input-output processor is connected to the first target; and in response to determining that both the first input-output processor is connected to the first target, and the second input-output processor is connected to the first target, dispatching a first plurality of input-output requests, each to either the first input-output processor or the second input-output processor, the dispatching being in proportion to a service rate of the first input-output processor to the first target and a service rate of the second input-output processor to the first target, respectively.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===COMPUTING SYSTEM GENERATING MAP DATA, AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18140420. COMPUTING SYSTEM GENERATING MAP DATA, AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME simplified abstract|18140420]])=== | | ===COMPUTING SYSTEM GENERATING MAP DATA, AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18140420. COMPUTING SYSTEM GENERATING MAP DATA, AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME simplified abstract|18140420]])=== |
| Line 878: |
Line 371: |
| | CHON YONG LEE | | CHON YONG LEE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - This patent application describes a method for operating a computing system with multiple storage devices, a memory device, and a switch.
| |
| − | - The method involves a first storage device sending a mapping request with metadata for user data to the memory device through the switch.
| |
| − | - The memory device then identifies a standard associated with the metadata in the mapping request.
| |
| − | - Based on this standard, the memory device generates map data that shows the relationship between the physical block address and the logical block address of the user data.
| |
| − | - The purpose of this method is to efficiently manage and organize data storage in the computing system.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A method of operating a computing system which includes a plurality of storage devices, a memory device, and a switch, is provided. The method includes: providing a first mapping request including first metadata corresponding to first user data to the memory device through the switch, by a first storage device of the plurality of storage devices; identifying a first standard corresponding to the first metadata based on the first mapping request, by the memory device; and generating first map data indicating a relationship between a first physical block address and a first logical block address of the first user data based on the first standard, by the memory device.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===OPERATION METHOD OF HOST CONFIGURED TO COMMUNICATE WITH STORAGE DEVICES AND MEMORY DEVICES, AND SYSTEM INCLUDING STORAGE DEVICES AND MEMORY DEVICES ([[US Patent Application 18130650. OPERATION METHOD OF HOST CONFIGURED TO COMMUNICATE WITH STORAGE DEVICES AND MEMORY DEVICES, AND SYSTEM INCLUDING STORAGE DEVICES AND MEMORY DEVICES simplified abstract|18130650]])=== | | ===OPERATION METHOD OF HOST CONFIGURED TO COMMUNICATE WITH STORAGE DEVICES AND MEMORY DEVICES, AND SYSTEM INCLUDING STORAGE DEVICES AND MEMORY DEVICES ([[US Patent Application 18130650. OPERATION METHOD OF HOST CONFIGURED TO COMMUNICATE WITH STORAGE DEVICES AND MEMORY DEVICES, AND SYSTEM INCLUDING STORAGE DEVICES AND MEMORY DEVICES simplified abstract|18130650]])=== |
| Line 896: |
Line 379: |
| | KYUNGHAN LEE | | KYUNGHAN LEE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a system that includes multiple storage devices and a memory device connected through a communication interface called Compute Express Link (CXL). A CXL switch is used to manage the communication between the storage devices and the memory device.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The system includes a first CXL storage device, a second CXL storage device, and a first CXL memory device.
| |
| − | * These devices are connected to a CXL switch through a CXL interface.
| |
| − | * The CXL switch is responsible for managing the communication between the storage devices and the memory device.
| |
| − | * The first CXL memory device stores map data of both the first and second CXL storage devices.
| |
| − | * The first CXL storage device exchanges a portion of its map data with the first CXL memory device through the CXL switch.
| |
| − | * Similarly, the second CXL storage device exchanges a portion of its map data with the first CXL memory device through the CXL switch.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A system includes a first compute express link (CXL) storage device, a second CXL storage device, a first CXL memory device, and a CXL switch connected to the first CXL storage device, the second CXL storage device and the first CXL memory device through a CXL interface, the CXL switch configured to arbitrate communications between the first CXL storage device and the second CXL storage device, and the first CXL memory device. The first CXL memory device is configured to store first map data of the first CXL storage device and second map data of the second CXL storage device, the first CXL storage device is configured to exchange at least a portion of the first map data with the first CXL memory device through the CXL switch, and the second CXL storage device is configured to exchange at least a portion of the second map data with the first CXL memory device through the CXL switch.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===NON-VOLATILE MEMORY-BASED STORAGE DEVICE, DEVICE CONTROLLER AND METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 17983458. NON-VOLATILE MEMORY-BASED STORAGE DEVICE, DEVICE CONTROLLER AND METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|17983458]])=== | | ===NON-VOLATILE MEMORY-BASED STORAGE DEVICE, DEVICE CONTROLLER AND METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 17983458. NON-VOLATILE MEMORY-BASED STORAGE DEVICE, DEVICE CONTROLLER AND METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|17983458]])=== |
| Line 917: |
Line 387: |
| | RAJENDRA SINGH | | RAJENDRA SINGH |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application is for a device controller for a storage device.
| |
| − | - The device controller has a non-volatile memory and a submission queue for commands.
| |
| − | - The device controller peeks at a command from the submission queue.
| |
| − | - It checks the status of device resources to determine if the command can be executed.
| |
| − | - If the command is executable, the device controller fetches the command.
| |
| − | - It then allocates the necessary device resources to the fetched command.
| |
| − | - Finally, the device controller executes the command.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A device controller of a storage device including a non-volatile memory peeks a command from a submission queue, and determines whether the peeked command is executable based on a status of device resources. In response to determining that the command is executable, the device controller fetches the command, allocates the device resources to the fetched command, and executes the command.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===OPERATING METHOD OF MEMORY DEVICE FOR MANAGING MAP DATA OF EACH OF PLURALITY OF STORAGE DEVICES, COMPUTING SYSTEM INCLUDING MEMORY DEVICE, AND OPERATING METHOD OF COMPUTING SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18134359. OPERATING METHOD OF MEMORY DEVICE FOR MANAGING MAP DATA OF EACH OF PLURALITY OF STORAGE DEVICES, COMPUTING SYSTEM INCLUDING MEMORY DEVICE, AND OPERATING METHOD OF COMPUTING SYSTEM simplified abstract|18134359]])=== | | ===OPERATING METHOD OF MEMORY DEVICE FOR MANAGING MAP DATA OF EACH OF PLURALITY OF STORAGE DEVICES, COMPUTING SYSTEM INCLUDING MEMORY DEVICE, AND OPERATING METHOD OF COMPUTING SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18134359. OPERATING METHOD OF MEMORY DEVICE FOR MANAGING MAP DATA OF EACH OF PLURALITY OF STORAGE DEVICES, COMPUTING SYSTEM INCLUDING MEMORY DEVICE, AND OPERATING METHOD OF COMPUTING SYSTEM simplified abstract|18134359]])=== |
| Line 937: |
Line 395: |
| | Jae-Gon Lee | | Jae-Gon Lee |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes an operating method for a memory device that communicates with two storage devices through an interface circuit.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method involves receiving a request from a host device, which includes a command and a logical block address.
| |
| − | * The memory device then obtains a physical block address based on the logical block address by referring to dedicated map data for the first storage device.
| |
| − | * Finally, the memory device sends a second request to the first storage device through the interface circuit, including the obtained physical block address and the command.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An operating method of a memory device which communicates with a first storage device and a second storage device through an interface circuit is provided. The method includes receiving, from a host device, a first request including a command and a first logical block address; obtaining, based on the first logical block address, a first physical block address with reference to first map data dedicated for the first storage device; and sending, to the first storage device through the interface circuit, a second request including the first physical block address and the command.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===REMOTE DIRECT ATTACHED MULTIPLE STORAGE FUNCTION STORAGE DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18222420. REMOTE DIRECT ATTACHED MULTIPLE STORAGE FUNCTION STORAGE DEVICE simplified abstract|18222420]])=== | | ===REMOTE DIRECT ATTACHED MULTIPLE STORAGE FUNCTION STORAGE DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18222420. REMOTE DIRECT ATTACHED MULTIPLE STORAGE FUNCTION STORAGE DEVICE simplified abstract|18222420]])=== |
| Line 955: |
Line 403: |
| | Amir BEYGI | | Amir BEYGI |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a multiple function storage device that includes an enclosure, a storage device, and a bridging device.
| |
| − | * The storage device has a connector to receive messages from a host, a physical function (PF) and a virtual function (VF) exposed via the connector, storage for data, and a controller to manage writing and reading data.
| |
| − | * The bridging device has an embedded network interface controller (eNIC) to receive messages from the host, write and read buffers, a bridge circuit to translate messages, and a root port to identify the storage device and transmit messages to the VF.
| |
| − | * The bridging device is configured to map the host to the VF.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A multiple function storage device is disclosed. The multiple function storage device may include an enclosure, a storage device associated with the enclosure, and an bridging device associated with the enclosure. The storage device may include a connector to receive a first message using a first protocol originating at a host, a physical function (PF) and a virtual function (VF) exposed by the storage device via the connector, storage for data relating to the first message, and a controller to manage writing a write data to the storage and reading a read data from the storage. The bridging device may include an embedded network interface controller (eNIC) to receive a second message using a second protocol from the host, a write buffer to store the write data to be written to the storage device by the host, a read buffer to store the read data to be read from the storage device for the host, a bridge circuit to translate the second message using the second protocol into the first message using the first protocol, and a root port to identify the storage device and to transmit the first message to the VF. The bridging device may be configured to map the host to the VF.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROCESSING COMMANDS FOR STORAGE DEVICES ([[US Patent Application 18224523. SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROCESSING COMMANDS FOR STORAGE DEVICES simplified abstract|18224523]])=== | | ===SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROCESSING COMMANDS FOR STORAGE DEVICES ([[US Patent Application 18224523. SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROCESSING COMMANDS FOR STORAGE DEVICES simplified abstract|18224523]])=== |
| Line 972: |
Line 411: |
| | Fnu Vikram Singh | | Fnu Vikram Singh |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | This patent application describes methods and systems for processing commands from a host to a storage device. Here are the key points:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The storage device has two controllers - a first controller and a second controller.
| |
| − | * The first controller receives a command from the host through a first queue, which is visible to the host.
| |
| − | * The storage device generates a second command based on the first command and sends it to the second controller through a second queue, which is not visible to the host.
| |
| − | * The second controller processes the second command to access the non-volatile storage media of the storage device.
| |
| − | * The first controller monitors the status of the second command and sends a signal to the host indicating the completion of the first command based on the status.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | Overall, this patent application introduces a method for efficient command processing in a storage device with multiple controllers, improving the performance and reliability of data storage operations.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Methods and systems for processing a command from a host to a storage device are disclosed. A first controller of the storage device receives a first command from the host via a first queue. The first queue is exposed to the host. The storage device generates a second command based on the first command, and submits the second command to a second controller of the storage device via a second queue. The second command and the second queue are unexposed to the host. The second controller obtains and processes the second command from the second queue, where the processing of the second command is for accessing non-volatile storage media of the storage device. Based on a status of the second command, the first controller transmits a signal to the host for indicating completion of the first command.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE PRELOADING ABNORMAL APPLICATION IN BACKGROUND, AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18352707. ELECTRONIC DEVICE PRELOADING ABNORMAL APPLICATION IN BACKGROUND, AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18352707]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE PRELOADING ABNORMAL APPLICATION IN BACKGROUND, AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18352707. ELECTRONIC DEVICE PRELOADING ABNORMAL APPLICATION IN BACKGROUND, AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18352707]])=== |
| Line 994: |
Line 419: |
| | Changho LEE | | Changho LEE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device with a memory, a database, an agent, and a processor.
| |
| − | * The electronic device has a memory to store applications, a database to store criteria for determining abnormal operation of the applications, and an agent to control the applications.
| |
| − | * The processor executes the agent and receives state information about abnormal operation from the operating system.
| |
| − | * The processor uses the determination criteria from the database to identify the application that is expected to have abnormal operation.
| |
| − | * The processor preloads the identified application in the background.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device is provided. The electronic device includes a memory configured to store at least one application, a database storing determination criteria information to determine an abnormal operation of the at least one application, and an agent configured to control a process of the at least application, and a processor, coupled to the memory, configured to execute the agent, in which, when executing the agent, the processor is configured to receive state information related to the abnormal operation of the at least one application from an operating system (OS), determine a target application from the at least one application in which an abnormal operation is expected based on the determination criteria information, and preload the target application in a background.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HETEROGENEOUS MEMORY ([[US Patent Application 18304267. SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HETEROGENEOUS MEMORY simplified abstract|18304267]])=== | | ===SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HETEROGENEOUS MEMORY ([[US Patent Application 18304267. SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HETEROGENEOUS MEMORY simplified abstract|18304267]])=== |
| Line 1,012: |
Line 427: |
| | Rekha PITCHUMANI | | Rekha PITCHUMANI |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a system and method for managing memory in a heterogeneous environment.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method involves receiving memory requests from different applications.
| |
| − | * The system provides separate memory allocations to each application based on their specific requirements.
| |
| − | * The memory allocations are provided from different groups of memory, each with different attributes.
| |
| − | * The requirements of each application are different, leading to the use of different memory groups.
| |
| − | * This approach allows for efficient utilization of memory resources in a heterogeneous system.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A system and method for heterogeneous memory. In some embodiments, the method includes: receiving, from a first application, a first request for memory; providing a first allocation of memory to the first application; receiving, from a second application, a second request for memory; and providing a second allocation of memory to the second application, the providing of the first allocation including providing, based on a first requirement, of the first application, the first allocation from a first group of memory; the providing of the second allocation including providing, based on a second requirement, of the second application, the second allocation from a second group of memory; the second group of memory having an attribute differing from a corresponding attribute of the first group of memory; and the first requirement being different from the second requirement.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ACCELERATING NEURAL NETWORK COMPUTATIONS ([[US Patent Application 18221089. ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ACCELERATING NEURAL NETWORK COMPUTATIONS simplified abstract|18221089]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ACCELERATING NEURAL NETWORK COMPUTATIONS ([[US Patent Application 18221089. ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ACCELERATING NEURAL NETWORK COMPUTATIONS simplified abstract|18221089]])=== |
| Line 1,032: |
Line 435: |
| | Hongxiang FAN | | Hongxiang FAN |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes an electronic device designed to accelerate machine learning model computations.
| |
| − | * The device includes a first processor that generates query, key, and value matrices using Fast Fourier Transform and butterfly linear transform on input matrices.
| |
| − | * The device also includes a second processor that performs matrix multiplications and softmax operations on the generated matrices.
| |
| − | * The second processor then performs another matrix multiplication using the result of the softmax operation and the value matrix.
| |
| − | * The purpose of this device is to improve the speed and efficiency of machine learning computations.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Broadly speaking, the present disclosure generally relate to an electronic device for accelerating machine learning, ML, model computations is provided. The electronic device comprises: a first processor configured to: generate a query matrix, a key matrix, and a value matrix by performing Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) and butterfly linear transform on at least one input matrix, and a second processor configured to: perform a first matrix multiplication between the query matrix and the key matrix, perform a softmax operation on the result of the first matrix multiplication, and perform a second matrix multiplication between the result of the softmax operation and the value matrix.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===MEMORY DEVICE, MEMORY SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18355157. MEMORY DEVICE, MEMORY SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME simplified abstract|18355157]])=== | | ===MEMORY DEVICE, MEMORY SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18355157. MEMORY DEVICE, MEMORY SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME simplified abstract|18355157]])=== |
| Line 1,050: |
Line 443: |
| | JONG-WOOK PARK | | JONG-WOOK PARK |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a memory device, memory system, and method of operation.
| |
| − | * The memory device includes a memory cell array and a write command determination unit (WCDU).
| |
| − | * The WCDU determines if a write command is accompanied by a masking signal.
| |
| − | * If a masking signal is present, the WCDU produces a first control signal.
| |
| − | * A data masking unit combines a portion of read data with a corresponding portion of input write data and generates modulation data in response to the first control signal.
| |
| − | * An error correction code (ECC) engine generates parity of the modulation data.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A memory device, a memory system, and a method of operating the same. The memory device includes a memory cell array including a plurality of memory cells and a write command determination unit (WCDU) that determines whether a write command input to the memory device is (to be) accompanied a masking signal. The WCDU produces a first control signal if the input write command is (to be) accompanied by a masking signal. A data masking unit combines a portion of read data read from the memory cell array with a corresponding portion of input write data corresponding to the write command and generates modulation data in response to the first control signal. An error correction code (ECC) engine generates parity of the modulation data.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING DATA BACKUP, AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18351062. ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING DATA BACKUP, AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18351062]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING DATA BACKUP, AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18351062. ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING DATA BACKUP, AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18351062]])=== |
| Line 1,069: |
Line 451: |
| | Sanghyun PARK | | Sanghyun PARK |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device with a backup function for data stored in external storage.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The device includes a processor, a communication circuit, and a memory.
| |
| − | * The processor executes an application that provides the backup function.
| |
| − | * The user can input data to be backed up using the application.
| |
| − | * The device identifies the backup history stored in memory.
| |
| − | * The device determines the data type of the inputted data.
| |
| − | * Based on the backup history, the device generates backup data for the inputted data.
| |
| − | * The generated backup data includes all or part of the inputted data that was generated after the latest backup.
| |
| − | * The backup data is stored in the external storage for safekeeping.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device is provided. The electronic device includes a processor, a communication circuit that establishes a connection between external storage and a device, and a memory operatively connected to the processor and storing instructions. When executed by the processor, the instructions may cause the electronic device to execute an application that provides a backup function, identify first data in response to a first user input to the application, identify a backup history stored in the memory, identify a data type of the first data in response to a fact that the at least one backup history is present, generate all of the first data or a part of the first data, which is generated after a point in time according to a latest backup history, as backup data based on the data type, and store the generated backup data in the external storage.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR IDENTIFYING FORCE TOUCH AND METHOD FOR OPERATING SAME ([[US Patent Application 18224868. ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR IDENTIFYING FORCE TOUCH AND METHOD FOR OPERATING SAME simplified abstract|18224868]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR IDENTIFYING FORCE TOUCH AND METHOD FOR OPERATING SAME ([[US Patent Application 18224868. ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR IDENTIFYING FORCE TOUCH AND METHOD FOR OPERATING SAME simplified abstract|18224868]])=== |
| Line 1,092: |
Line 459: |
| | Dongnam BYUN | | Dongnam BYUN |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method for identifying the force associated with a touch input on an electronic device.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method involves receiving touch inputs from a user and obtaining feature information for these inputs.
| |
| − | * A set of force touch models is obtained, which are designed to identify force touch.
| |
| − | * Second feature information is obtained from training data used to train the force touch models.
| |
| − | * The method then determines the most suitable force touch model based on the similarity between the second feature information and the first feature information obtained from the user's touch input.
| |
| − | * Finally, the method uses the determined force touch model to identify the force touch for the user's touch input.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A method of identifying, in an electronic device, a force associated with a touch input of a user is provided. The method includes receiving at least one touch input from the user; obtaining first feature information for the at least one touch input; obtaining a plurality of force touch models configured to identify force touch; obtaining second feature information for at least one touch input included in training data used to train the plurality of force touch models; determining, from among the plurality of force touch models, a force touch model based on a similarity between the second feature information and the first feature information; and identifying, based on the determined force touch model, a force touch for the at least one touch input of the user.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===COMPUTING SYSTEM INCLUDING MEMORY DEVICE AND STORAGE DEVICE AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18076671. COMPUTING SYSTEM INCLUDING MEMORY DEVICE AND STORAGE DEVICE AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18076671]])=== | | ===COMPUTING SYSTEM INCLUDING MEMORY DEVICE AND STORAGE DEVICE AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18076671. COMPUTING SYSTEM INCLUDING MEMORY DEVICE AND STORAGE DEVICE AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18076671]])=== |
| Line 1,112: |
Line 467: |
| | KYUNGHAN LEE | | KYUNGHAN LEE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a computing system consisting of a host, memory, and storage device.
| |
| − | * The memory includes a volatile memory and a memory controller.
| |
| − | * The storage device is connected to the host through a first interface and includes a nonvolatile memory and a storage controller.
| |
| − | * The storage device communicates with the host through a first port, communicates with the memory through a second port, and manages the memory.
| |
| − | * The memory is connected to the storage device through a second interface that is physically separated from the first interface.
| |
| − | * During initialization, the storage controller sends map data stored in the nonvolatile memory to the memory through the second interface.
| |
| − | * The memory controller then stores the map data in the volatile memory.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A computing system includes a host, a memory, and a storage device. The memory includes a volatile memory and a memory controller. The storage device is connected with the host through a first interface and includes a nonvolatile memory and a storage controller, the storage device communicating with the host through a first port, communicating with the memory through a second port, and managing the memory. The memory is connected with the storage device through a second interface that is physically separated from the first interface. In an initialization operation, the storage controller sends map data that is stored in the nonvolatile memory to the memory through the second interface. In the initialization operation, the memory controller stores the map data in the volatile memory.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===STORAGE DEVICE, COMPUTING DEVICE INCLUDING STORAGE DEVICE AND MEMORY DEVICE, AND OPERATING METHOD OF COMPUTING DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18136034. STORAGE DEVICE, COMPUTING DEVICE INCLUDING STORAGE DEVICE AND MEMORY DEVICE, AND OPERATING METHOD OF COMPUTING DEVICE simplified abstract|18136034]])=== | | ===STORAGE DEVICE, COMPUTING DEVICE INCLUDING STORAGE DEVICE AND MEMORY DEVICE, AND OPERATING METHOD OF COMPUTING DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18136034. STORAGE DEVICE, COMPUTING DEVICE INCLUDING STORAGE DEVICE AND MEMORY DEVICE, AND OPERATING METHOD OF COMPUTING DEVICE simplified abstract|18136034]])=== |
| Line 1,132: |
Line 475: |
| | KYUNGHAN LEE | | KYUNGHAN LEE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a computing device with a storage device and a memory.
| |
| − | * The storage device has nonvolatile and internal buffer memories, and a storage controller that controls them.
| |
| − | * The memory has a buffer memory and a memory controller that controls it.
| |
| − | * The nonvolatile memory stores user data and map data.
| |
| − | * During initialization, the storage controller sends the map data to the memory through a bus, and the memory controller stores it in the buffer memory.
| |
| − | * After initialization, the memory controller sends partial map data to the storage device through the bus, and the storage controller stores it in the internal buffer memory.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A computing device includes a storage device and a memory. The storage device includes nonvolatile and internal buffer memories, and a storage controller that controls the nonvolatile and internal buffer memories and communicates with a bus. The memory includes a buffer memory and a memory controller that controls the buffer memory and communicates with the bus. The nonvolatile memory stores user data and map data. In an initialization operation, the storage controller sends the map data to the memory through the bus, and the memory controller stores the map data that is transferred from the storage device through the bus, in the buffer memory. After the initialization operation, the memory controller sends partial map data of the map data to the storage device through the bus, and the storage controller stores the partial map data that is transferred from the memory through the bus, in the internal buffer memory.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===COMPUTING SYSTEM INCLUDING CXL SWITCH, MEMORY DEVICE AND STORAGE DEVICE AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18131185. COMPUTING SYSTEM INCLUDING CXL SWITCH, MEMORY DEVICE AND STORAGE DEVICE AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18131185]])=== | | ===COMPUTING SYSTEM INCLUDING CXL SWITCH, MEMORY DEVICE AND STORAGE DEVICE AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18131185. COMPUTING SYSTEM INCLUDING CXL SWITCH, MEMORY DEVICE AND STORAGE DEVICE AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18131185]])=== |
| Line 1,151: |
Line 483: |
| | Kyunghan LEE | | Kyunghan LEE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a computing system that includes multiple storage devices, a memory device, and a compute express link (CXL) switch. The memory device stores map data of the storage devices, and the CXL switch facilitates communication between the storage devices and an external host. The storage devices are connected to the memory device through separate interfaces.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The computing system includes multiple storage devices, a memory device, and a CXL switch.
| |
| − | * The memory device stores map data of the storage devices.
| |
| − | * The CXL switch is responsible for managing communication between the storage devices and an external host.
| |
| − | * The first storage device is connected to the memory device through a second interface.
| |
| − | * The second storage device is connected to the memory device through a third interface.
| |
| − | * The first interface, second interface, and third interface are physically separated from each other.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A computing system includes a first storage device, a second storage device, a memory device, and a compute express link (CXL) switch. The memory device stores first map data of the first storage device and second map data of the second storage device. The CXL switch is connected with the first storage device, the second storage device, and an external host through a first interface, and arbitrates communications between the first storage device, the second storage device, and the external host. The first storage device is connected with the memory device through a second interface. The second storage device is connected with the memory device through a third interface. The first interface, the second interface, and the third interface are physically separated from each other.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROCESSING DATABASE QUERIES VIA A COMPUTATIONAL STORAGE DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 17881550. SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROCESSING DATABASE QUERIES VIA A COMPUTATIONAL STORAGE DEVICE simplified abstract|17881550]])=== | | ===SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROCESSING DATABASE QUERIES VIA A COMPUTATIONAL STORAGE DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 17881550. SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROCESSING DATABASE QUERIES VIA A COMPUTATIONAL STORAGE DEVICE simplified abstract|17881550]])=== |
| Line 1,172: |
Line 491: |
| | Yang Seok Ki | | Yang Seok Ki |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes systems and methods for processing a database query from a device. Here is a simplified explanation of the abstract:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The invention involves receiving a first command in response to a database query.
| |
| − | * In response to this command, a storage device is signaled to scan data in a database object.
| |
| − | * The signaling of the storage device includes transmitting a second command to configure the storage device based on the database query.
| |
| − | * Additionally, a third command is transmitted to execute a scan of the data in the database object.
| |
| − | * Finally, a fourth command is transmitted to read the output of the scan, which is responsive to the database query.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Systems and methods for processing a database query from a device are disclosed. A first command is received in response to the database query. In response to the first command, a storage device is signaled for scanning data in a database object. The signaling of the storage device may include: transmitting a second command for configuring the storage device based on the database query; transmitting a third command for executing a scan of the data in the database object; and transmitting a fourth command for reading an output of the scan, wherein the output is responsive to the database query.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18224337. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME simplified abstract|18224337]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18224337. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME simplified abstract|18224337]])=== |
| Line 1,192: |
Line 499: |
| | Giyoung Yang | | Giyoung Yang |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor device with a specific arrangement of standard cells and power supply lines on a substrate.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The device includes first, second, and third rows of standard cells on an active region of the substrate.
| |
| − | * The first and second rows have a boundary, as do the first and third rows.
| |
| − | * Power supply lines are placed along these boundaries.
| |
| − | * Each standard cell consists of multiple fin patterns that extend in one direction.
| |
| − | * The fin patterns are arranged in a second direction, avoiding placement on at least one of the boundaries.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A semiconductor device includes a substrate having an active region, first standard cells arranged in a first row on the active region, second standard cells arranged in a second row on the active region and having a first boundary with the first standard cells, a third standard cells arranged in a third row on the active region and having a second boundary with the first standard cells, and a plurality of power supply lines, respectively arranged along boundaries. Each of the first to third standard cells includes a plurality of fin patterns extending in the first direction, and the plurality of fin patterns are arranged in a second direction, so as not to be disposed on at least one boundary, among the first and second boundaries.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND CONTROLLING METHOD OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18219339. ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND CONTROLLING METHOD OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE simplified abstract|18219339]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND CONTROLLING METHOD OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18219339. ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND CONTROLLING METHOD OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE simplified abstract|18219339]])=== |
| Line 1,212: |
Line 507: |
| | Hyojung HAN | | Hyojung HAN |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device that translates text from one language to another and identifies phrases for summarization. Here are the key points:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The device translates a phrase from an original text sequence in one language to a second language using a translation model.
| |
| − | * It determines the delay in translation by comparing the time-point of the original phrase with the time-point of the translated text.
| |
| − | * Based on the delay, it identifies a phrase from the original text or the following phrase.
| |
| − | * The identified phrase is then inputted to a summary model to obtain a summary text.
| |
| − | * The device translates the identified phrase or the summary text into the second language using the translation model.
| |
| − | * The second translated text is outputted after the first translated text.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device which obtains a first translated text in which a first phrase in an original text sequence of a first language is translated in a second language by inputting the first phrase to a translation model, determines an extent of delay in translation of the first phrase by comparing a time-point of the first phrase with a time-point of the first translated text, identifies one phrase from among the first phrase and a second phrase following the first phrase based on the extent of delay, obtains a summary text of the identified phrase by inputting the identified phrase to a summary model, obtains a second translated text in which identified phrase or the summary text is translated in the second language by inputting the identified phrase or the summary text to the translation model, and outputs the second translated text after the first translated text is output.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18137206. ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18137206]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18137206. ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18137206]])=== |
| Line 1,233: |
Line 515: |
| | Seonguk SEO | | Seonguk SEO |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic apparatus with an artificial intelligence model for predicting the minimum winning price in real-time bidding.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The apparatus has a memory to store the AI model and instructions, and processors to execute the instructions.
| |
| − | * It acquires information on multiple auction histories, including different types of auctions.
| |
| − | * It generates a probability distribution for the minimum winning price based on the entire set of auction histories.
| |
| − | * It further generates a conditional probability distribution for each individual auction history.
| |
| − | * The AI model is trained using auction attribute information as an independent variable and the conditional probability distribution as a dependent variable.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The electronic apparatus disclosed includes a memory storing an artificial intelligence model predicting the minimum winning price in a real time bidding and instructions, and processors configured to, acquire information on a plurality of auction histories including at least one auction history of a first auction type and at least one auction history of a second auction type, generate the minimum winning price probability distribution for entire of the plurality auction histories, based on the minimum winning price probability distribution for entire of the plurality auction histories, generate a conditional minimum winning price probability distribution for each of the plurality of auction histories, and train the artificial intelligence model by using auction attribute information for each of the plurality of auction histories as an independent variable, and using the conditional minimum winning price probability distribution for each of the plurality of auction histories as a dependent variable.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18135992. IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18135992]])=== | | ===IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18135992. IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18135992]])=== |
| Line 1,253: |
Line 523: |
| | Jaeyeon PARK | | Jaeyeon PARK |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes an image processing apparatus that uses neural networks to enhance the quality of images. Here are the key points:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The apparatus uses one or more neural networks to process images.
| |
| − | * It obtains first feature information of a first image.
| |
| − | * It performs first image processing on the first feature information to generate an intermediate output image for the first image.
| |
| − | * It generates an attention map based on the first image and the intermediate output image.
| |
| − | * It performs second image processing on the first feature information to obtain second feature information.
| |
| − | * It performs third image processing on third feature information extracted during the first image processing to obtain fourth feature information.
| |
| − | * It generates a second image with higher quality than the first image using the attention map, second feature information, and fourth feature information.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An image processing apparatus for performing an image by using one or more neural networks may include a memory storing one or more instructions and at least one processor configured to execute the one or more instructions stored in the memory to obtain first feature information of a first image, generate an intermediate output image for the first image by performing first image processing on the first feature information, generate an attention map, based on the first image and the intermediate output image, obtain second feature information by performing second image processing on the first feature information, obtain fourth feature information by performing third image processing on third feature information extracted during the first image processing, and generate a second image having a higher quality than the first image, based on the attention map, the second feature information, and the fourth feature information.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===MEASUREMENT METHOD USING AR, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18352681. MEASUREMENT METHOD USING AR, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE simplified abstract|18352681]])=== | | ===MEASUREMENT METHOD USING AR, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18352681. MEASUREMENT METHOD USING AR, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE simplified abstract|18352681]])=== |
| Line 1,275: |
Line 531: |
| | Daiwoong CHOI | | Daiwoong CHOI |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes an electronic device that includes a camera, a display, and a sensor for acquiring depth information about objects. The device also has a processor that is connected to the camera, display, and sensor.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The processor is configured to display a preview image on the display, which is captured by the camera.
| |
| − | * The device allows the user to designate a start point and an end point on a subject within the preview image.
| |
| − | * The sensor is used to acquire depth information about the subject.
| |
| − | * The processor then corrects the designated start and end points based on the acquired depth information.
| |
| − | * Finally, the processor measures the length of the subject by calculating the distance between the corrected start and end points.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Disclosed in an embodiment according to the present disclosure is an electronic device comprising: a camera, a display, a sensor configured to acquire depth information about at least one object, and at least one processor electrically connected to the camera, the display and the sensor, wherein the at least one processor is configured to display, as a preview image on the display, an image acquired by driving the camera, acquire an input for designating a start point and an end point on a subject included in the preview image, acquire depth information about the subject through the sensor, correct the start point and the end point on the basis of the acquired depth information, and measure the length of the subject on the basis of the distance between the corrected start point and the corrected end point.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD FOR PROVIDING CONTENT CREATION FUNCTION AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE SUPPORTING SAME ([[US Patent Application 18351268. METHOD FOR PROVIDING CONTENT CREATION FUNCTION AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE SUPPORTING SAME simplified abstract|18351268]])=== | | ===METHOD FOR PROVIDING CONTENT CREATION FUNCTION AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE SUPPORTING SAME ([[US Patent Application 18351268. METHOD FOR PROVIDING CONTENT CREATION FUNCTION AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE SUPPORTING SAME simplified abstract|18351268]])=== |
| Line 1,295: |
Line 539: |
| | Kyunghwa KIM | | Kyunghwa KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device with a camera, display, and memory.
| |
| − | * The device can capture images of real objects using the camera.
| |
| − | * It can store virtual objects in its memory, which are made up of sub-objects with different depths.
| |
| − | * The device's processor can analyze the captured image and suggest virtual objects that can be applied to it.
| |
| − | * The processor can also display the selected virtual object's sub-objects on the image.
| |
| − | * The device can generate a new image with the applied virtual object.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An example electronic device may include at least one camera module; at least one display module; a memory for storing a plurality of virtual objects, each virtual object including a plurality of sub-objects each having a depth; a processor operatively connected to the at least one camera module, the at least one display module, and the memory, wherein the processor may be configured to: output a first image of a real object obtained using the at least one camera module, output a list of virtual objects applicable to the first image, output sub-objects corresponding to the virtual object selected from the list, and generate a second image in which at least one sub-object selected from among the sub-objects is applied to the first image.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18141142. IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18141142]])=== | | ===IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18141142. IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18141142]])=== |
| Line 1,314: |
Line 547: |
| | Iljun AHN | | Iljun AHN |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes an image processing apparatus that uses neural networks to perform image processing.
| |
| − | * The apparatus includes a memory and a processor.
| |
| − | * The processor executes instructions stored in the memory.
| |
| − | * The apparatus obtains classification information and first feature information of a first image.
| |
| − | * It generates a first feature image for the first image by performing first image processing on the classification information and first feature information.
| |
| − | * It obtains second feature information by performing second image processing on the classification information and first feature information.
| |
| − | * It obtains fourth feature information by performing third image processing on third feature information extracted during the first image processing.
| |
| − | * It generates a second feature image for the first image based on the second feature information and fourth feature information.
| |
| − | * It generates a second image based on the first feature image and second feature image.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An image processing apparatus for performing an image by using one or more neural networks may include a memory storing one or more instructions and at least one processor configured to execute the one or more instructions to obtain classification information of a first image and first feature information of the first image, generate a first feature image for the first image by performing first image processing on the classification information and the first feature information, obtain second feature information by performing second image processing on the classification information and the first feature information, obtain fourth feature information by performing third image processing on third feature information extracted during the first image processing, generate a second feature image for the first image, based on the second feature information and the fourth feature information, and generate a second image based on the first feature image and the second feature image.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS WITH DATA LABELING ([[US Patent Application 18109928. METHOD AND APPARATUS WITH DATA LABELING simplified abstract|18109928]])=== | | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS WITH DATA LABELING ([[US Patent Application 18109928. METHOD AND APPARATUS WITH DATA LABELING simplified abstract|18109928]])=== |
| Line 1,336: |
Line 555: |
| | Jaewoo LEE | | Jaewoo LEE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an apparatus and method for data labeling.
| |
| − | * The apparatus includes processors that can obtain localization information about an object.
| |
| − | * Based on this information, a landmark point is extracted from a landmark map that contains coordinates of a landmark.
| |
| − | * A ground truth image is generated using the extracted landmark point.
| |
| − | * The ground truth image is then refined to create training data.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An apparatus and method with data labeling are provided. An apparatus includes one or more processors configured to obtain localization information related to an object, based on the localization information, extract a landmark point from a landmark map including coordinates of a landmark, generate a ground truth image based on the extracted landmark point, and generate training data by refining the ground truth image.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18136614. IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18136614]])=== | | ===IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18136614. IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18136614]])=== |
| Line 1,354: |
Line 563: |
| | Soomin KANG | | Soomin KANG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an image processing apparatus that uses a neural network to process images.
| |
| − | * The apparatus includes a memory and a processor.
| |
| − | * The processor executes instructions stored in the memory.
| |
| − | * The apparatus obtains first feature data based on a first image.
| |
| − | * It performs first image processing on the first feature data to obtain pieces of second feature data corresponding to specific areas of the first image.
| |
| − | * These specific areas are defined as first areas and consist of a certain number of pixels.
| |
| − | * The apparatus also obtains third feature data based on the first image.
| |
| − | * It performs second image processing on the third feature data to obtain pieces of fourth feature data corresponding to different areas of the first image.
| |
| − | * These different areas are defined as second areas and consist of a greater number of pixels compared to the first areas.
| |
| − | * Finally, the apparatus generates a second image using the pieces of second feature data and the pieces of fourth feature data.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An image processing apparatus for processing an image by using one neural network, includes: a memory storing one instruction; and one processor configured to execute the one instruction to: obtain first feature data, based on a first image, obtain pieces of second feature data corresponding to first areas of the first image by performing first image processing on the first feature data, the first areas comprising a first number of pixels, obtain third feature data, based on the first image, obtain pieces of fourth feature data corresponding to second areas of the first image, by performing second image processing on the third feature data, the second areas comprising a second number of pixels that is greater than the first number, and generate a second image, based on the pieces of second feature data and the pieces of fourth feature data.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18143326. IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18143326]])=== | | ===IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18143326. IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18143326]])=== |
| Line 1,377: |
Line 571: |
| | Hyunseung LEE | | Hyunseung LEE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an image processing method that improves the quality of an input image using a meta model. Here is a simplified explanation of the abstract:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method starts by obtaining a meta model, which is a model that represents the quality of an image.
| |
| − | * The meta model is trained using a training data set that corresponds to the input image. This means that the meta model learns from examples of images similar to the input image.
| |
| − | * Once the meta model is trained, it can be used to process the input image and improve its quality.
| |
| − | * The method generates a quality-processed output image by applying the trained meta model to the input image.
| |
| − | * The goal of this image processing method is to enhance the quality of images by using a meta model that has been trained on similar images.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An image processing method including obtaining a meta model based on a quality of an input image, training the meta model by using a training data set corresponding to the input image, and obtaining a quality-processed output image from the input image based on the trained meta model.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING DOMINANT SCENE CLASSIFICATION BY SEMANTIC SEGMENTATION ([[US Patent Application 18223957. SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING DOMINANT SCENE CLASSIFICATION BY SEMANTIC SEGMENTATION simplified abstract|18223957]])=== | | ===SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING DOMINANT SCENE CLASSIFICATION BY SEMANTIC SEGMENTATION ([[US Patent Application 18223957. SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING DOMINANT SCENE CLASSIFICATION BY SEMANTIC SEGMENTATION simplified abstract|18223957]])=== |
| Line 1,397: |
Line 579: |
| | Qingfeng Liu | | Qingfeng Liu |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method for determining the dominant class of a scene based on an input image and a segmentation map.
| |
| − | * Input image of a scene is received.
| |
| − | * A segmentation map is generated, which assigns labels to different classes within the input image.
| |
| − | * Area ratios are computed for each class in the segmentation map.
| |
| − | * The dominant class of the scene is determined based on the ranked labels derived from the computed area ratios.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A method for computing a dominant class of a scene includes: receiving an input image of a scene; generating a segmentation map of the input image, the segmentation map being labeled with a plurality of corresponding classes of a plurality of classes; computing a plurality of area ratios based on the segmentation map, each of the area ratios corresponding to a different class of the plurality of classes of the segmentation map; and outputting a detected dominant class of the scene based on a plurality of ranked labels based on the area ratios.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===USER AUTHENTICATION APPARATUS, USER AUTHENTICATION METHOD AND TRAINING METHOD FOR USER AUTHENTICATION ([[US Patent Application 18355020. USER AUTHENTICATION APPARATUS, USER AUTHENTICATION METHOD AND TRAINING METHOD FOR USER AUTHENTICATION simplified abstract|18355020]])=== | | ===USER AUTHENTICATION APPARATUS, USER AUTHENTICATION METHOD AND TRAINING METHOD FOR USER AUTHENTICATION ([[US Patent Application 18355020. USER AUTHENTICATION APPARATUS, USER AUTHENTICATION METHOD AND TRAINING METHOD FOR USER AUTHENTICATION simplified abstract|18355020]])=== |
| Line 1,415: |
Line 587: |
| | Heewon KIM | | Heewon KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application describes a method and apparatus for user authentication using a frontalized face image.
| |
| − | - The method involves acquiring an input image of the user's face and calculating a confidence map with confidence values for authenticating the user.
| |
| − | - The confidence map is generated by comparing the input image with a depth image of the user's frontalized face.
| |
| − | - A second feature vector is extracted from a second image generated using the input image and the confidence map.
| |
| − | - A first feature vector is obtained from an enrolled image of the user.
| |
| − | - The user authentication is performed by correlating the first feature vector with the second feature vector.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A user authentication method and a user authentication apparatus acquire an input image including a frontalized face of a user, calculate a confidence map including confidence values, for authenticating the user, corresponding to pixels with values maintained in a depth image of the frontalized face of the user among pixels included in the input image, extract a second feature vector from a second image generated based on the input image and the confidence map, acquire a first feature vector corresponding to an enrolled image, and perform authentication of the user based on a correlation between the first feature vector and the second feature vector.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ESTIMATION MODEL FOR INTERACTION DETECTION BY A DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18298128. ESTIMATION MODEL FOR INTERACTION DETECTION BY A DEVICE simplified abstract|18298128]])=== | | ===ESTIMATION MODEL FOR INTERACTION DETECTION BY A DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18298128. ESTIMATION MODEL FOR INTERACTION DETECTION BY A DEVICE simplified abstract|18298128]])=== |
| Line 1,434: |
Line 595: |
| | Dongfang Zhao | | Dongfang Zhao |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method and device for estimating an interaction with a device.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method involves configuring a first token and a second token of an estimation model based on the features of a 3D object.
| |
| − | * Different weights are applied to the first and second tokens to produce weighted input tokens.
| |
| − | * An output token is generated by a first encoder layer of the estimation model based on the weighted input tokens.
| |
| − | * The method also includes receiving the first features from a backbone and extracting second features, including 2D features, using a 2D feature extraction model.
| |
| − | * Data generated based on the 2D features is received by the estimation-model encoder.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A method and device are disclosed for estimating an interaction with the device. The method includes configuring a first token and a second token of an estimation model according to first features of a 3D object, applying a first weight to the first token to produce a first-weighted input token and applying a second weight that is different from the first weight to the second token to produce a second-weighted input token, and generating, by a first encoder layer of an estimation-model encoder of the estimation model, an output token based on the first-weighted input token and the second-weighted input token. The method may include receiving, at a 2D feature extraction model, the first features from a backbone, extracting, by the 2D feature extraction model, second features including 2D features, and receiving, at the estimation-model encoder, data generated based on the 2D features.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===FINGERPRINT IDENTIFICATION METHOD, DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM ([[US Patent Application 17807821. FINGERPRINT IDENTIFICATION METHOD, DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM simplified abstract|17807821]])=== | | ===FINGERPRINT IDENTIFICATION METHOD, DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM ([[US Patent Application 17807821. FINGERPRINT IDENTIFICATION METHOD, DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM simplified abstract|17807821]])=== |
| Line 1,454: |
Line 603: |
| | Ying MIN | | Ying MIN |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The present disclosure is about a fingerprint identification method, device, electronic apparatus, and storage medium.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method involves capturing a fingerprint using a fingerprint sensor.
| |
| − | * Matching pairs of minutiae (distinctive features) are identified between the captured fingerprint and a reference fingerprint.
| |
| − | * A first matching result is calculated based on the minutia matching pairs.
| |
| − | * Minutia surrounding features are identified for each minutia of the captured fingerprint in the matching pairs.
| |
| − | * For each minutia in the matching pairs, a determination is made whether the minutia surrounding features of the captured fingerprint match with those of the reference fingerprint.
| |
| − | * A second matching result is calculated based on the determination.
| |
| − | * An identification result is generated based on the first matching result and the second matching result.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The present disclosure relates to a fingerprint identification method, device, an electronic apparatus and a storage medium. The fingerprint identification method includes: capturing a fingerprint by a fingerprint sensor, identifying matching pairs of minutiae between the captured fingerprint and a reference fingerprint; calculating a first matching result based on the minutia matching pairs; identifying minutia surrounding features for each minutia of the captured fingerprint in the minutia matching pairs; determining, for each minutia in the minutia matching pairs, whether the minutia surrounding features of the captured fingerprint match with minutia surrounding features of the reference fingerprint; calculating a second matching result based on the determination; and generating an identification result based on the first matching result and the second matching result.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (OLED) BURN-IN PREVENTION BASED ON STATIONARY PIXEL AND LUMINANCE REDUCTION ([[US Patent Application 18143266. ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (OLED) BURN-IN PREVENTION BASED ON STATIONARY PIXEL AND LUMINANCE REDUCTION simplified abstract|18143266]])=== | | ===ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (OLED) BURN-IN PREVENTION BASED ON STATIONARY PIXEL AND LUMINANCE REDUCTION ([[US Patent Application 18143266. ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (OLED) BURN-IN PREVENTION BASED ON STATIONARY PIXEL AND LUMINANCE REDUCTION simplified abstract|18143266]])=== |
| Line 1,476: |
Line 611: |
| | Kamal Jnawali | | Kamal Jnawali |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a computer-implemented method for removing ghosting artifacts and protecting against burn-in on video displays. Here is a simplified explanation of the abstract:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method starts by receiving region information from a process that detects stationary regions in a video.
| |
| − | * A processor then performs a flat region ghosting artifact removal process, which updates the region information by adding a flat region indicator.
| |
| − | * The updated region information, along with the video, is used by the processor to perform a region-based luminance reduction process.
| |
| − | * This process helps remove ghosting artifacts on the display and also provides burn-in protection.
| |
| − | * The method aims to improve the visual quality of videos displayed on screens and prevent long-term damage to the display caused by static images.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | One embodiment provides a computer-implemented method that includes receiving region information from a stationary region detection process for a video. A processor performs a flat region ghosting artifact removal process that updates the region information with a flat region indicator utilizing the region information and the video. The processor further performs a region based luminance reduction process utilizing the updated region information with the flat region indicator for display ghosting artifact removal and burn-in protection.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 17430614. ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|17430614]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 17430614. ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|17430614]])=== |
| Line 1,496: |
Line 619: |
| | Sichen JIN | | Sichen JIN |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic apparatus and a control method for processing content comprising image data and speech data.
| |
| − | * The electronic apparatus includes a communication interface, memory, display, and processor.
| |
| − | * The communication interface receives content with image and speech data.
| |
| − | * The memory stores a language contextual model trained with relevance between words.
| |
| − | * The processor extracts objects and characters from the image data.
| |
| − | * It identifies the object name and character name.
| |
| − | * It generates a bias keyword list based on the identified object and character.
| |
| − | * The bias keyword list includes image-related words associated with the image data.
| |
| − | * The processor converts the speech data to text using the bias keyword list and language contextual model.
| |
| − | * The display is controlled to show the converted text as a caption for the content.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic apparatus and a control method thereof are provided. The electronic apparatus includes a communication interface configured to receive content comprising image data and speech data; a memory configured to store a language contextual model trained with relevance between words; a display; and a processor configured to: extract an object and a character included in the image data, identify an object name of the object and the character, generate a bias keyword list comprising an image-related word that is associated with the image data, based on the identified object name and the identified character, convert the speech data to a text based on the bias keyword list and the language contextual model, and control the display to display the text that is converted from the speech data, as a caption.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ELECTRONIC DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18221676. ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ELECTRONIC DEVICE simplified abstract|18221676]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ELECTRONIC DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18221676. ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ELECTRONIC DEVICE simplified abstract|18221676]])=== |
| Line 1,519: |
Line 627: |
| | Jiyoun HONG | | Jiyoun HONG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | This patent application describes an electronic device that includes a microphone, memory, and processor. The device is designed to understand and respond to user voices.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The device can analyze user voices and provide a response based on the understanding of the user's voice.
| |
| − | * It can identify if the user voice includes a tracking element, which could be used to track the user's activity or behavior.
| |
| − | * If a tracking element is detected, the device can store the user's voice, the understanding of the voice, and the response in its memory.
| |
| − | * The device can also obtain a text corresponding to the response based on the understanding of the user's voice.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | Overall, this patent application describes a device that can understand and respond to user voices, while also being able to identify and store any tracking elements present in the user's voice.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device includes a microphone, a memory, and a processor configured to obtain a first natural language understanding result for a first user voice obtained through the microphone based on a first text corresponding to the first user voice, provide a first response corresponding to the first user voice based on the first natural language understanding result, identify whether the first user voice includes a tracking element based on the first natural language understanding result and a second text corresponding to the first response, based on identifying that the first user voice includes the tracking element, store the first text, the first natural language understanding result and the second text in the memory, and obtain a third text corresponding to the first response based on the first natural language understanding result.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18330766. ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THEREOF simplified abstract|18330766]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18330766. ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THEREOF simplified abstract|18330766]])=== |
| Line 1,540: |
Line 635: |
| | Hyungtak CHOI | | Hyungtak CHOI |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic apparatus that can generate response information based on dialogue history information.
| |
| − | * The electronic apparatus includes a communication device, a memory, and a processor.
| |
| − | * The memory stores instructions and vector values corresponding to dialogue history information.
| |
| − | * The processor extracts text from dialogue content received through the communication device.
| |
| − | * The processor calculates a vector value of the extracted text using a predetermined encoding algorithm.
| |
| − | * The processor generates response information using the calculated vector value and the stored vector values.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic apparatus is provided. The electronic apparatus includes a communication device, a memory configured to store at least one instruction and one or more vector values corresponding to dialogue history information, and a processor, based on execution of the at least one instruction, configured to extract text from the dialogue content received through the communication device, calculate a vector value of the extracted text by using a predetermined encoding algorithm, and generate response information by using the calculated vector value and the stored one or more vector values.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING AUDIO FOR SCENE CLASSIFICATION ([[US Patent Application 18195121. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING AUDIO FOR SCENE CLASSIFICATION simplified abstract|18195121]])=== | | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING AUDIO FOR SCENE CLASSIFICATION ([[US Patent Application 18195121. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING AUDIO FOR SCENE CLASSIFICATION simplified abstract|18195121]])=== |
| Line 1,559: |
Line 643: |
| | Kyungrae KIM | | Kyungrae KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an audio processing method that uses neural networks to classify scenes in audio signals based on their temporal correlation.
| |
| − | * The method involves obtaining a first audio signal and extracting a feature vector using a neural network.
| |
| − | * A temporal correlation vector is then calculated to measure the similarity between the first feature vector and feature vectors extracted from previous audio signals.
| |
| − | * Finally, a second neural network is used to classify the scene of the first audio signal based on the first feature vector, the previous feature vectors, and the temporal correlation vector.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An audio processing method includes obtaining a first audio signal corresponding to a first frame; extracting a first feature vector by inputting the first audio signal to a first neural network; obtaining a temporal correlation vector representing a similarity between the first feature vector and at least one second feature vector extracted from at least one second audio signal corresponding to at least one second frame that is temporally before the first frame; and classifying a scene of the first audio signal by inputting the first feature vector, the at least one second feature vector, and the temporal correlation vector to a second neural network.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE AND MEMORY ([[US Patent Application 18307098. SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE AND MEMORY simplified abstract|18307098]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE AND MEMORY ([[US Patent Application 18307098. SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE AND MEMORY simplified abstract|18307098]])=== |
| Line 1,576: |
Line 651: |
| | Jun Young Park | | Jun Young Park |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor memory device with various components for clock signal adjustment and error detection.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The device includes a data clock buffer that receives a data clock signal and outputs a pair of differential input signals.
| |
| − | * An edge delay controller adjusts the duty ratios of the input signals based on a control code and outputs a pair of corrected clock signals.
| |
| − | * A first unit delay path circuit generates four output clock signals with different phases based on the corrected clock signals.
| |
| − | * A rising edge multiplexer serially outputs data corresponding to the rising edge of each of the four output clock signals.
| |
| − | * A second unit delay path circuit generates four duplicate clock signals with different phases based on the corrected clock signals.
| |
| − | * A quadrature error correction circuit detector detects a duty error based on the duplicate clock signals and outputs the control code.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A semiconductor memory device is provided. The semiconductor includes a data clock buffer that receives a data clock signal from a memory controller and outputs a pair of differential input signals, an edge delay controller that adjusts duty ratios of the pair of differential input signals based on a control code and outputs a pair of corrected clock signals, a first unit delay path circuit that generates four output clock signals having different phases based on the pair of corrected clock signals, a rising edge multiplexer that serially outputs data corresponding to a rising edge of each of the four output clock signals, a second unit delay path circuit that generates four duplicate clock signals having different phases based on the pair of corrected clock signals and a quadrature error correction circuit detector that detects a duty error based on the duplicate clock signals and outputs the control code.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD OF PERFORMING INTERNAL PROCESSING OPERATION OF MEMORY DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18223078. METHOD OF PERFORMING INTERNAL PROCESSING OPERATION OF MEMORY DEVICE simplified abstract|18223078]])=== | | ===METHOD OF PERFORMING INTERNAL PROCESSING OPERATION OF MEMORY DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18223078. METHOD OF PERFORMING INTERNAL PROCESSING OPERATION OF MEMORY DEVICE simplified abstract|18223078]])=== |
| Line 1,597: |
Line 659: |
| | Pavan Kumar KASIBHATLA | | Pavan Kumar KASIBHATLA |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method for performing an internal processing operation in a memory device within a system that includes a host device and the memory device. The memory device has a processor-in-memory (PIM) that carries out the internal processing operation.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The memory device operates in an internal processing mode where it performs the internal processing operation using internal processing information stored in the memory cell array.
| |
| − | * The internal processing information can be an internal processing operation command that indicates the type of internal processing operation to be performed.
| |
| − | * When the internal processing information is an internal processing operation command, the memory device sends the command, which includes both an internal processing read command and an internal processing write command, to the host device.
| |
| − | * The host device determines a priority command to issue to the memory device, which can be either a data transaction command or the internal processing operation command.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Provided is a method of performing an internal processing operation of a memory device in a system including a host device and the memory device. The memory device includes a memory cell array and a processor-in-memory (PIM) performing an internal processing operation. In an internal processing mode, by the PIM, the memory device performs the internal processing operation based on internal processing information stored in the memory cell array. When the internal processing information is an internal processing operation command indicating a type of the internal processing operation, the memory device outputs the internal processing operation command including an internal processing read command and an internal processing write command to the host device. The host device issues to the memory device a priority command determined from among a data transaction command and the internal processing operation command.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PREDICTING SYNTHETIC PATH ([[US Patent Application 18094808. METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PREDICTING SYNTHETIC PATH simplified abstract|18094808]])=== | | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PREDICTING SYNTHETIC PATH ([[US Patent Application 18094808. METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PREDICTING SYNTHETIC PATH simplified abstract|18094808]])=== |
| Line 1,616: |
Line 667: |
| | Jin Woo KIM | | Jin Woo KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method for predicting a synthetic path for a target material using a neural network-based predictive model.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method involves receiving a target molecule descriptor, which represents the target material.
| |
| − | * The neural network-based predictive model is trained using multi-step synthetic path data, which is converted into a character string format.
| |
| − | * The predictive model then predicts one or more synthetic path descriptor candidates, which represent potential multi-step synthetic paths for the target material.
| |
| − | * The synthetic path descriptor candidates are outputted as the result of the prediction process.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A method of predicting a synthetic path may include: receiving a target molecule descriptor corresponding to a target material, predicting one or more synthetic path descriptor candidates representing multi-step synthetic paths corresponding to the target molecule descriptor using a neural network-based predictive model, the neural network-based predictive model being trained based on a synthetic path descriptor in a form of a character string obtained by converting multi-step synthetic path data; and outputting the one or more synthetic path descriptor candidates.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===BUTTON ASSEMBLY AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS COMPRISING SAME ([[US Patent Application 18354060. BUTTON ASSEMBLY AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS COMPRISING SAME simplified abstract|18354060]])=== | | ===BUTTON ASSEMBLY AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS COMPRISING SAME ([[US Patent Application 18354060. BUTTON ASSEMBLY AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS COMPRISING SAME simplified abstract|18354060]])=== |
| Line 1,635: |
Line 675: |
| | Sangho LEE | | Sangho LEE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a button assembly for electronic devices.
| |
| − | * The assembly includes a printed circuit board with a contact switch.
| |
| − | * A button member is connected to the circuit board and can be pressed to activate the switch.
| |
| − | * A support frame is placed on the front surface of the circuit board and has a mounting hole for the button member.
| |
| − | * The button member has a pressing projection that can selectively press the contact switch through the mounting hole.
| |
| − | * The support frame includes a support member in the center of the mounting hole, which supports the rear surface of the button member.
| |
| − | * An elastic leg connects the support member and the inner surface of the mounting hole, providing elasticity to the button assembly.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A button assembly includes: a printed circuit board to which a contact switch is connected; a button member that receives an external force and presses the contact switch; and a support frame that is disposed on the front surface of the printed circuit board and includes a mounting hole to which the button member is mounted, wherein the button member includes a pressing projection for selectively pressing the contact switch through the mounting hole, and the support frame includes a support member that is disposed in the center of the mounting hole and selectively supports the rear surface of the button member and an elastic leg that elastically connects the support member and the inner surface of the mounting hole.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===RF GENERATOR WITH CARBONIZATION PREVENTION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18139639. RF GENERATOR WITH CARBONIZATION PREVENTION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18139639]])=== | | ===RF GENERATOR WITH CARBONIZATION PREVENTION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18139639. RF GENERATOR WITH CARBONIZATION PREVENTION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18139639]])=== |
| Line 1,655: |
Line 683: |
| | Kwangyoung Jung | | Kwangyoung Jung |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a radio frequency (RF) generator with a carbonization prevention system.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The RF generator includes a casing with an intake fan and an interlock, an AC power supply, a power supply, a power amplifier (PA), a coupler, and a control board.
| |
| − | * The carbonization prevention system detects smoke, measures temperature and humidity in the casing, and sends control signals to the control board and interlock.
| |
| − | * The control board adjusts the amount of DC power output to the PA based on calculated values.
| |
| − | * The RF generator aims to prevent carbonization by monitoring smoke, temperature, and humidity levels in the casing.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A radio frequency (RF) generator including a carbonization prevention system includes a casing on which an intake fan and an interlock are mounted, an alternating current (AC) power supply, a power supply, a power amplifier (PA), a coupler provided between the PA and the RF output connector, and a control board that controls an amount of DC power output to the PA according to the calculated values. The carbonization prevention system detects smoke generated in the casing, measures a temperature and a humidity in the casing, and generates and transmits a control signal to the control board and an operation control signal to the interlock according to a reading result.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SUBSTRATE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND A METHOD OF PROCESSING A SUBSTRATE USING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18059594. SUBSTRATE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND A METHOD OF PROCESSING A SUBSTRATE USING THE SAME simplified abstract|18059594]])=== | | ===SUBSTRATE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND A METHOD OF PROCESSING A SUBSTRATE USING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18059594. SUBSTRATE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND A METHOD OF PROCESSING A SUBSTRATE USING THE SAME simplified abstract|18059594]])=== |
| Line 1,674: |
Line 691: |
| | JUNGHYUN SONG | | JUNGHYUN SONG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a substrate processing apparatus with an outer bath and an inner bath within it.
| |
| − | * The apparatus includes a chemical solution supply pipe and an outer gas supply pipe for supplying chemicals and gas to the outer bath.
| |
| − | * The outer bath has an outer body and an outer door to close the outer receiving space.
| |
| − | * The outer gas supply pipe is located between the outer body and the inner bath, while a portion of the chemical solution supply pipe is located in the inner bath.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A substrate processing apparatus includes an outer bath, an inner bath in the outer bath, a chemical solution supply pipe in fluid communication with a portion of the outer bath, and an outer gas supply pipe in fluid communication with another portion of the outer bath. The outer bath includes an outer body providing an outer receiving space, and an outer door coupled to the outer body and configured to close the outer receiving space. An end of the outer gas supply pipe is located in the outer receiving space between the outer body and the inner bath, and a portion of the chemical solution supply pipe is located in the inner bath.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD OF FABRICATING AN ELECTRODE STRUCTURE AND APPARATUS FOR FABRICATING THE ELECTRODE STRUCTURE ([[US Patent Application 18303833. METHOD OF FABRICATING AN ELECTRODE STRUCTURE AND APPARATUS FOR FABRICATING THE ELECTRODE STRUCTURE simplified abstract|18303833]])=== | | ===METHOD OF FABRICATING AN ELECTRODE STRUCTURE AND APPARATUS FOR FABRICATING THE ELECTRODE STRUCTURE ([[US Patent Application 18303833. METHOD OF FABRICATING AN ELECTRODE STRUCTURE AND APPARATUS FOR FABRICATING THE ELECTRODE STRUCTURE simplified abstract|18303833]])=== |
| Line 1,691: |
Line 699: |
| | Dohyung KIM | | Dohyung KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a method for fabricating an electrode structure in a patent application. Here is a simplified explanation of the abstract:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method involves several steps to create the electrode structure.
| |
| − | * First, a first gate electrode is formed.
| |
| − | * Then, an electrode capping layer on the first gate electrode is removed through a removal process.
| |
| − | * Next, a second gate electrode is formed on top of the first gate electrode.
| |
| − | * Finally, an upper portion of the second gate electrode is nitridated.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | Bullet points to explain the patent/innovation:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method provides a process for fabricating an electrode structure.
| |
| − | * It involves the formation of two gate electrodes.
| |
| − | * The removal process is used to remove an electrode capping layer on the first gate electrode.
| |
| − | * The nitridation process is used to modify the upper portion of the second gate electrode.
| |
| − | * This method may be used in various applications that require precise electrode structures.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A method of fabricating an electrode structure may include forming a first gate electrode, performing a removal process on an electrode capping layer formed on the first gate electrode, forming a second gate electrode on the first gate electrode, and nitridating an upper portion of the second gate electrode.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE INCLUDING THROUGH VIA STRUCTURE ([[US Patent Application 18354068. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE INCLUDING THROUGH VIA STRUCTURE simplified abstract|18354068]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE INCLUDING THROUGH VIA STRUCTURE ([[US Patent Application 18354068. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE INCLUDING THROUGH VIA STRUCTURE simplified abstract|18354068]])=== |
| Line 1,719: |
Line 707: |
| | Sonkwan HWANG | | Sonkwan HWANG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor device with multiple metal wiring layers stacked on a semiconductor substrate and an integrated circuit layer.
| |
| − | * The device includes through via structures that pass through the semiconductor substrate.
| |
| − | * The through via structures are connected to different metal wiring layers.
| |
| − | * The through via structures allow for vertical connections between the metal wiring layers and the semiconductor substrate.
| |
| − | * The invention aims to provide a simplified and efficient design for semiconductor devices.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A semiconductor device including a semiconductor substrate, an integrated circuit layer on the semiconductor substrate, first to nmetal wiring layers (where n is a positive integer) sequentially stacked on the semiconductor substrate and the integrated circuit layer, a first through via structure extending in a vertical direction toward the semiconductor substrate from a first via connection metal wiring layer, which is one of the second to nmetal wiring layers other than the first metal wiring layer, and passing through the semiconductor substrate, and a second through via structure being apart from the first through via structure, extending in a vertical direction toward the semiconductor substrate from a second via connection metal wiring layer, which is one of the second to nmetal wiring layers other than the first metal wiring layer, and passing through the semiconductor substrate may be provided.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===PACKAGE AND METHOD OF FABRICATING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18119705. PACKAGE AND METHOD OF FABRICATING THE SAME simplified abstract|18119705]])=== | | ===PACKAGE AND METHOD OF FABRICATING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18119705. PACKAGE AND METHOD OF FABRICATING THE SAME simplified abstract|18119705]])=== |
| Line 1,737: |
Line 715: |
| | HYEONJEONG HWANG | | HYEONJEONG HWANG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a package and its fabrication methods.
| |
| − | * The package consists of a lower substrate with an upper pad.
| |
| − | * A lower chip is placed on the lower substrate.
| |
| − | * A mold layer is applied on the lower chip and the lower substrate.
| |
| − | * A post is inserted through the mold layer and placed on the upper pad around the lower chip.
| |
| − | * The post has a smaller diameter than the upper pad.
| |
| − | * An upper substrate is placed on the post and the mold layer.
| |
| − | * The upper substrate includes a lower pad with a larger diameter than the post.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Disclosed are packages and their fabrication methods. The package includes: a lower substrate with an upper pad; a lower chip on the lower substrate; a mold layer on the lower chip and the lower substrate; a post extending through the mold layer and provided on the upper pad around the lower chip, the post having a diameter less than a diameter of the upper pad; and an upper substrate on the post and the mold layer, the upper substrate including a lower pad having a diameter greater than the diameter of the post.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE ([[US Patent Application 18166181. SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE simplified abstract|18166181]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE ([[US Patent Application 18166181. SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE simplified abstract|18166181]])=== |
| Line 1,758: |
Line 723: |
| | Choongbin YIM | | Choongbin YIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor package with a support wiring structure, a semiconductor chip, a cover wiring structure, and a filling member.
| |
| − | * The cover wiring structure has a cavity where the upper portion of the semiconductor chip is positioned.
| |
| − | * The cover wiring structure also has two slots, one on each side surface, which communicate with the cavity.
| |
| − | * The slots have different widths and extend in a direction orthogonal to the cover wiring structure.
| |
| − | * The filling member fills the space between the support wiring structure and the cover wiring structure.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Provided is a semiconductor package including a support wiring structure, a semiconductor chip on the support wiring structure, a cover wiring structure on the semiconductor chip, and a filling member filling between the support wiring structure and the cover wiring structure, wherein the cover wiring structure includes a cavity which extends from a lower surface of the cover wiring structure into the cover wiring structure and in which an upper portion of the semiconductor chip is positioned, and a first slot and a second slot respectively having a first width and a second width in a first horizontal direction, the first slot and the second slot communicating with the cavity, and respectively extending to a first side surface and a second side surface of the cover wiring structure, which are opposite to each other in a second horizontal direction which is orthogonal to the first horizontal direction of the cover wiring structure.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===WET RECESS FOR RU SUBTRACTIVE PROCESS ([[US Patent Application 17969440. WET RECESS FOR RU SUBTRACTIVE PROCESS simplified abstract|17969440]])=== | | ===WET RECESS FOR RU SUBTRACTIVE PROCESS ([[US Patent Application 17969440. WET RECESS FOR RU SUBTRACTIVE PROCESS simplified abstract|17969440]])=== |
| Line 1,776: |
Line 731: |
| | Wonhyuk HONG | | Wonhyuk HONG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor device with a dielectric layer, vias, an adhesion layer, and metal lines.
| |
| − | * The device includes a dielectric layer, which is a layer of insulating material.
| |
| − | * The dielectric layer has a plurality of vias, which are small holes or openings.
| |
| − | * An adhesion layer is deposited on top of the dielectric layer, providing a bonding surface.
| |
| − | * The device also includes a plurality of metal lines, which are conductive pathways.
| |
| − | * One of the metal lines has a recess at its bottom surface, creating two sections.
| |
| − | * The first section of the metal line directly contacts one of the vias.
| |
| − | * The second section, defined by the recess, does not directly contact the via or the dielectric layer.
| |
| − | * This arrangement allows for specific electrical connections and isolation within the semiconductor device.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A semiconductor device includes a dielectric layer, a plurality of vias formed in the dielectric layer, an adhesion layer deposited on a top surface of the dielectric layer, and a plurality of metal lines. A first metal line of the plurality of metal lines includes a first recess formed at a bottom surface of the first metal line such that a first section of the first metal line directly contacts the first via and a second section of the first metal line defined by the first recess does not directly contact the first via or the dielectric layer in which the first via is formed.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AND DATA STORAGE SYSTEMS INCLUDING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18121456. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AND DATA STORAGE SYSTEMS INCLUDING THE SAME simplified abstract|18121456]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AND DATA STORAGE SYSTEMS INCLUDING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18121456. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AND DATA STORAGE SYSTEMS INCLUDING THE SAME simplified abstract|18121456]])=== |
| Line 1,798: |
Line 739: |
| | Wooyong Jeon | | Wooyong Jeon |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor device with specific features and components.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The device includes a substrate with two regions and insulating patterns within the substrate.
| |
| − | * Gate electrodes are positioned below the substrate, spaced apart from each other, and arranged in a step shape below one of the regions.
| |
| − | * Gate contact plugs pass through the pad regions of the gate electrodes, extending in a perpendicular direction and overlapping the insulating patterns.
| |
| − | * A peripheral contact plug is provided in the outer area of the substrate, extending from a lower level to a higher level than the substrate's lower surface.
| |
| − | * The device also includes conductive patterns, including a first pattern connected to the peripheral contact plug and second patterns connected to the substrate.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A semiconductor device includes a substrate including a first region and a second region; insulating patterns in the substrate; gate electrodes provided below the substrate and spaced apart from each other in a first direction that is perpendicular to a lower surface of the substrate, the gate electrodes including pad regions arranged in a step shape below the second region; gate contact plugs passing through the pad regions of the gate electrodes, extending in the first direction, and vertically overlapping the insulating patterns; and a peripheral contact plug provided in an outer area of the substrate and extending from a level lower than a level of a lowermost gate electrode of the gate electrodes to a level higher than the lower surface of the substrate; and conductive patterns including a first conductive pattern provided on and connected to the peripheral contact plug, and second conductive patterns provided on and connected to the substrate.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18140356. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE simplified abstract|18140356]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18140356. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE simplified abstract|18140356]])=== |
| Line 1,818: |
Line 747: |
| | Byung Ju KANG | | Byung Ju KANG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor device with specific features. Here is a simplified explanation of the abstract:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The semiconductor device has a substrate with two sides, a first side, and a second side.
| |
| − | * On the first side of the substrate, there are two power rails, the first power rail, and the second power rail. These power rails extend in one direction and are separated in another direction.
| |
| − | * Also on the first side of the substrate, there are two active regions, the first active region, and the second active region. These active regions are defined by a film that separates the power rails and are separated in the second direction.
| |
| − | * On the second side of the substrate, there is a power delivery network.
| |
| − | * The device includes a power through via that penetrates the film and the substrate, connecting the power delivery network and the first power rail.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | Bullet points explaining the patent/innovation:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The semiconductor device has separate power rails and active regions, allowing for efficient power distribution and isolation of different components.
| |
| − | * The power through via provides a direct connection between the power delivery network and the first power rail, ensuring reliable power supply to the device.
| |
| − | * The use of the element separation film helps in defining and separating the active regions, preventing interference between different components.
| |
| − | * The arrangement of power rails and active regions on different sides of the substrate allows for compact and efficient integration of components in the semiconductor device.
| |
| − | * Overall, this innovation improves the performance and reliability of the semiconductor device by optimizing power distribution and component isolation.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A semiconductor device includes a substrate including a first side and a second side opposite to the first side, a first power rail and a second power rail provided on the first side of the substrate, the first power rail and the second power rail extending in a first direction and being separated in a second direction, a first active region and a second active region provided on the first side of the substrate, the first active region and the second active region being defined by an element separation film between the first power rail and the second power rail and being separated in the second direction, a power delivery network provided on the second side of the substrate, and a first power through via penetrating the element separation film and the substrate, the first power through via connecting the power delivery network and the first power rail.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18304560. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE simplified abstract|18304560]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18304560. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE simplified abstract|18304560]])=== |
| Line 1,846: |
Line 755: |
| | Byung Ju Kang | | Byung Ju Kang |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor device that includes a substrate with two opposite sides.
| |
| − | * The device has a power tap cell in a row on one side of the substrate, with adjacent rows on either side.
| |
| − | * On the power tap cell, there are two power rails that extend in one direction and are spaced apart in another direction.
| |
| − | * The device also has a power delivery network on the opposite side of the substrate.
| |
| − | * The power tap cell includes two power through vias that penetrate the substrate and connect the power delivery network to the power rails.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A semiconductor device is provided. The semiconductor device includes a substrate including a first side and a second side that are opposite to each other, a power tap cell in a first row, a second row adjacent to the first row, and a third row adjacent to the second row, on the first side of the substrate, a first power rail and a second power rail on the power tap cell, that extend in a first direction and are spaced apart from each other in a second direction, and a power delivery network on the second side of the substrate. The power tap cell includes a first power through via that penetrates the substrate and extends from the power delivery network to the first power rail, and a second power through via that penetrates the substrate and extends from the power delivery network to the second power rail.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18095642. SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME simplified abstract|18095642]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18095642. SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME simplified abstract|18095642]])=== |
| Line 1,864: |
Line 763: |
| | Juil Choi | | Juil Choi |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor package and a method of manufacturing it.
| |
| − | * The semiconductor package is designed to maximize heat dissipation efficiency.
| |
| − | * It includes a first redistribution substrate, a first semiconductor chip, and a plurality of through posts.
| |
| − | * The first semiconductor chip is placed on the first redistribution substrate.
| |
| − | * The through posts are located around the first semiconductor chip on the first redistribution substrate.
| |
| − | * The package also includes a second redistribution substrate that is positioned over the first semiconductor chip and the through posts.
| |
| − | * The top surface of the first semiconductor chip is in contact with the bottom surface of the second redistribution substrate.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Provided are a semiconductor package having a structure maximizing heat dissipation efficiency and a method of manufacturing the same. The semiconductor package includes a first redistribution substrate, a first semiconductor chip on the first redistribution substrate, a plurality of through posts on the first redistribution substrate, around the first semiconductor chip, and a second redistribution substrate located over the first semiconductor chip and the through posts, wherein a top surface of the first semiconductor chip is in contact with a bottom surface of the second redistribution substrate.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE ([[US Patent Application 18115545. SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE simplified abstract|18115545]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE ([[US Patent Application 18115545. SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE simplified abstract|18115545]])=== |
| Line 1,884: |
Line 771: |
| | Yongjin SEOL | | Yongjin SEOL |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor package with a redistribution structure that includes a redistribution layer.
| |
| − | * The redistribution structure has a first surface and a second surface.
| |
| − | * A semiconductor chip is placed on the first surface and is electrically connected to the redistribution layer.
| |
| − | * An encapsulant is applied on top of the semiconductor chip.
| |
| − | * At least one antenna pattern is formed on the encapsulant.
| |
| − | * A side wiring line extends along the surface of the encapsulant, connecting one end of the antenna pattern to the redistribution layer.
| |
| − | * Electronic devices are located on the second surface of the redistribution structure and are also connected to the redistribution layer.
| |
| − | * The semiconductor chip and the antenna pattern are designed to transmit and receive signals through the electronic devices.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Provided is a semiconductor package including a redistribution structure including first surface and a second surface opposite to each other, the redistribution structure including a redistribution layer, a semiconductor chip on the first surface of the redistribution structure, the semiconductor chip being electrically connected to the redistribution layer, an encapsulant on the semiconductor chip, at least one antenna pattern on the encapsulant, a side wiring line extending along a surface of the encapsulant from one end of the antenna pattern to the redistribution layer, and electronic devices on the second surface of the redistribution structure, the electronic devices being electrically connected to the redistribution layer, wherein the semiconductor chip and the antenna pattern are configured to transmit and receive a signal to and from each other through the electronic devices.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE ([[US Patent Application 18356350. SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE simplified abstract|18356350]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE ([[US Patent Application 18356350. SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE simplified abstract|18356350]])=== |
| Line 1,905: |
Line 779: |
| | Sangcheon PARK | | Sangcheon PARK |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor package design that includes multiple semiconductor chips and various layers for connectivity and protection.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The package includes a first semiconductor chip with front surface pads on one side and a penetrating electrode connected to these pads.
| |
| − | * A rear surface cover layer is placed on the inactive side of the first semiconductor chip for protection.
| |
| − | * A dummy conductive layer is included on the rear surface cover layer, which penetrates a portion of it.
| |
| − | * A second semiconductor chip is also part of the package, with a front surface cover layer on its active side.
| |
| − | * This second chip also has a dummy conductive layer that penetrates a portion of its front surface cover layer.
| |
| − | * The package includes at least one bonded pad that penetrates both the rear surface cover layer of the first chip and the front surface cover layer of the second chip.
| |
| − | * The purpose of this design is to provide improved connectivity and protection for the semiconductor chips within the package.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A semiconductor package includes: a first semiconductor chip including a plurality of front surface pads disposed on a first active surface of a first semiconductor substrate, at least one penetrating electrode penetrating at least a portion of the first semiconductor substrate and connected to the front surface pads, a first rear surface cover layer disposed on a first inactive surface of the first semiconductor substrate, a first rear surface dummy conductive layer penetrating a portion of the first rear surface cover layer; a second semiconductor chip including a second front surface cover layer disposed on a second active surface of a second semiconductor substrate, and a second front surface dummy conductive layer penetrating a portion of the second front surface cover layer; and at least one first bonded pad penetrating the first rear surface cover layer and the second front surface cover layer.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===THREE-DIMENSIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18134853. THREE-DIMENSIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME simplified abstract|18134853]])=== | | ===THREE-DIMENSIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18134853. THREE-DIMENSIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME simplified abstract|18134853]])=== |
| Line 1,927: |
Line 787: |
| | KYEN-HEE LEE | | KYEN-HEE LEE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a three-dimensional semiconductor device and its fabrication methods.
| |
| − | * The device includes a first active region on a substrate with a lower channel pattern and a lower source/drain pattern connected to it.
| |
| − | * There is also a second active region above the first one, with an upper channel pattern and an upper source/drain pattern connected to it.
| |
| − | * The device has at least one gate electrode on both the lower and upper channel patterns.
| |
| − | * It also includes a first active contact connected to the lower source/drain pattern and a second active contact connected to the upper source/drain pattern.
| |
| − | * The lower and upper source/drain patterns are offset from each other in a first direction perpendicular to the vertical direction.
| |
| − | * The first active contact and the second active contact are spaced apart from each other in the first direction.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Disclosed are three-dimensional semiconductor devices and their fabrication methods. The 3D semiconductor device includes a first active region on a substrate and including a lower channel pattern and a lower source/drain pattern connected to the lower channel pattern, a second active region above the first active region and including an upper channel pattern and an upper source/drain pattern connected to the upper channel pattern, at least one gate electrode on the lower and upper channel patterns, a first active contact electrically connected to the lower source/drain pattern, and a second active contact electrically connected to the upper source/drain pattern. A first central line of the lower source/drain pattern and a second central line of the upper source/drain pattern in a vertical direction are offset from each other in a first direction perpendicular to the vertical direction. The first active contact and the second active contact are spaced apart from each other in the first direction.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18353214. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME simplified abstract|18353214]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18353214. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME simplified abstract|18353214]])=== |
| Line 1,947: |
Line 795: |
| | Dongsoo LEE | | Dongsoo LEE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes semiconductor devices and methods of manufacturing them.
| |
| − | * The semiconductor device includes two transistors, each consisting of multiple vertically stacked semiconductor patterns on a substrate.
| |
| − | * A gate dielectric pattern and a work function pattern fill the space between the semiconductor patterns in each transistor.
| |
| − | * The work function pattern of the first transistor includes a first work function metal layer.
| |
| − | * The work function pattern of the second transistor includes both the first work function metal layer and a second work function metal layer.
| |
| − | * The first work function metal layer in both transistors has a higher work function than the second work function metal layer.
| |
| − | * The first transistor has a lower threshold voltage than the second transistor.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Disclosed are semiconductor devices and methods of manufacturing the same. The semiconductor device comprises a first transistor on a substrate, and a second transistor on the substrate. Each of the first and second transistors includes a plurality of semiconductor patterns vertically stacked on the substrate and vertically spaced apart from each other, and a gate dielectric pattern and a work function pattern filling a space between the semiconductor patterns. The work function pattern of the first transistor includes a first work function metal layer, the work function pattern of the second transistor includes the first work function metal layer and a second work function metal layer, the first work function metal layer of each of the first and second transistors has a work function greater than that of the second work function metal layer, and the first transistor has a threshold voltage less than that of the second transistor.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===IMAGE SENSOR ([[US Patent Application 18170652. IMAGE SENSOR simplified abstract|18170652]])=== | | ===IMAGE SENSOR ([[US Patent Application 18170652. IMAGE SENSOR simplified abstract|18170652]])=== |
| Line 1,967: |
Line 803: |
| | Hyeyeon PARK | | Hyeyeon PARK |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an image sensor with an antireflection structure and a pixel separation part.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The image sensor includes a first substrate with a pixel array region and an edge region.
| |
| − | * The second surface of the first substrate has an antireflection structure, which includes multiple layers stacked on top of each other.
| |
| − | * The antireflection structure includes a first dielectric layer, a titanium oxide layer, a second dielectric layer, and a third dielectric layer.
| |
| − | * The first, second, and third dielectric layers are made of different materials.
| |
| − | * The third dielectric layer on the edge region penetrates the second dielectric layer and the titanium oxide layer to contact the first dielectric layer.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Disclosed is an image sensor including a first substrate that has a first surface and a second surface opposite to the first substrate and including a pixel array region and an edge region, an antireflection structure on the second surface, a pixel separation part in the first substrate and separating pixels from each other, and a microlens array on the antireflection structure. The antireflection structure includes a first dielectric layer, a titanium oxide layer, a second dielectric layer, and a third dielectric layer that are sequentially stacked. The first dielectric layer, the second dielectric layer, and the third dielectric layer include different materials from each other. On the edge region, the third dielectric layer penetrates the second dielectric layer and the titanium oxide layer to contact with the first dielectric layer.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===MANUFACTURING METHOD OF IMAGE SENSOR ([[US Patent Application 18130014. MANUFACTURING METHOD OF IMAGE SENSOR simplified abstract|18130014]])=== | | ===MANUFACTURING METHOD OF IMAGE SENSOR ([[US Patent Application 18130014. MANUFACTURING METHOD OF IMAGE SENSOR simplified abstract|18130014]])=== |
| Line 1,987: |
Line 811: |
| | Hyeyeon Park | | Hyeyeon Park |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a manufacturing method for an image sensor.
| |
| − | * The method involves forming a color filter layer over a matrix of pixel regions on a substrate.
| |
| − | * The color filter layer is then patterned using a mask with patterns arranged diagonally in the matrix.
| |
| − | * This forms color filters for some of the pixel regions on the substrate.
| |
| − | * Each pattern in the mask includes a rectangular main pattern and sub-patterns extending from the corners of the main pattern.
| |
| − | * The sizes of the sub-patterns in adjacent patterns that face each other are smaller than the other sub-patterns in those adjacent patterns.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A manufacturing method of an image sensor includes, operations of: forming a color filter layer over a plurality of pixel regions having a plurality of photodetectors and arranged in a matrix on a substrate, and patterning the color filter layer with a mask including patterns disposed adjacently in a diagonal direction of the matrix, to form color filters for some of the plurality of pixel regions on the substrate. Each of the patterns may include a rectangular main pattern and sub-patterns outwardly extending from corners of the main patterns. Sizes of sub-patterns of different adjacent patterns that face each other may have sizes that are smaller than other sub-patterns of the adjacent patterns.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 17988135. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE simplified abstract|17988135]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 17988135. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE simplified abstract|17988135]])=== |
| Line 2,006: |
Line 819: |
| | KYOOHO JUNG | | KYOOHO JUNG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application describes a semiconductor device that includes a substrate, a capacitor contact structure, a bottom electrode, a capacitor dielectric layer, and a top electrode.
| |
| − | - The top electrode consists of an interface layer and an electrode layer.
| |
| − | - The interface layer is made up of two layers: a first layer containing molybdenum and oxygen, and a second layer containing molybdenum and nitrogen.
| |
| − | - The electrode layer is made up of titanium and nitrogen.
| |
| − | - The thickness of the interface layer is smaller than the thickness of the capacitor dielectric layer and the electrode layer.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The patent application introduces a new semiconductor device design.
| |
| − | * The device includes a unique top electrode structure with an interface layer and an electrode layer.
| |
| − | * The interface layer is composed of two layers, each containing different elements.
| |
| − | * The electrode layer is made up of titanium and nitrogen.
| |
| − | * The thickness of the interface layer is smaller than the thickness of the capacitor dielectric layer and the electrode layer.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Disclosed is a semiconductor device comprising a substrate, a capacitor contact structure electrically connected to the substrate, a bottom electrode connected to the capacitor contact structure, a capacitor dielectric layer on the bottom electrode, and a top electrode on the capacitor dielectric layer. The top electrode includes an interface layer on the capacitor dielectric layer and an electrode layer on the interface layer. The interface layer includes a first layer on the capacitor dielectric layer and a second layer on the first layer. The first layer includes molybdenum and oxygen. The second layer includes molybdenum and nitrogen. The electrode layer includes titanium and nitrogen. A thickness of the interface layer is less than a thickness of the capacitor dielectric layer and a thickness of the electrode layer.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18347850. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE simplified abstract|18347850]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18347850. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE simplified abstract|18347850]])=== |
| Line 2,030: |
Line 827: |
| | Han Jin LIM | | Han Jin LIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor device that improves the performance and reliability of an element by increasing the capacitance of a capacitor.
| |
| − | * The device uses a capacitor dielectric film made of a combination of ferroelectric and paraelectric materials.
| |
| − | * The device includes two electrodes that are spaced apart, with the capacitor dielectric film placed between them.
| |
| − | * The capacitor dielectric film consists of a first dielectric film and a second dielectric film.
| |
| − | * The first dielectric film can be either a monometal oxide film or a bimetal oxide film, and it has an orthorhombic crystal system.
| |
| − | * The second dielectric film is made of a paraelectric material.
| |
| − | * The dielectric constant of the capacitor dielectric film is higher than the dielectric constant of the second dielectric film.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | There is provided a semiconductor device capable of improving the performance and/or reliability of the element, by increasing the capacitance of the capacitor, using a capacitor dielectric film including a ferroelectric material and a paraelectric material. The semiconductor device includes first and second electrodes disposed to be spaced apart from each other, and a capacitor dielectric film disposed between the first electrode and the second electrode and including a first dielectric film and a second dielectric film. The first dielectric film includes one of a first monometal oxide film and a first bimetal oxide film, the first dielectric film has an orthorhombic crystal system, the second dielectric film includes a paraelectric material, and a dielectric constant of the capacitor dielectric film is greater than a dielectric constant of the second dielectric film.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD OF FORMING MULTIPLE-VT FETS FOR CMOS CIRCUIT APPLICATIONS ([[US Patent Application 18225028. METHOD OF FORMING MULTIPLE-VT FETS FOR CMOS CIRCUIT APPLICATIONS simplified abstract|18225028]])=== | | ===METHOD OF FORMING MULTIPLE-VT FETS FOR CMOS CIRCUIT APPLICATIONS ([[US Patent Application 18225028. METHOD OF FORMING MULTIPLE-VT FETS FOR CMOS CIRCUIT APPLICATIONS simplified abstract|18225028]])=== |
| Line 2,050: |
Line 835: |
| | Wei-E Wang | | Wei-E Wang |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a field-effect transistor (FET) device with a modulated threshold voltage (Vt).
| |
| − | * The FET device includes a source electrode, a drain electrode, a channel region, and a gate stack.
| |
| − | * The gate stack consists of an ultrathin dielectric dipole layer, a high-k (HK) insulating layer, and a gate metal layer.
| |
| − | * The ultrathin dielectric dipole layer is designed to shift the modulated threshold voltage in a first direction.
| |
| − | * The HK insulating layer is placed on top of the ultrathin dielectric dipole layer.
| |
| − | * The gate metal layer is then added on top of the HK insulating layer to shift the modulated threshold voltage in a second direction.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A field-effect transistor (FET) device having a modulated threshold voltage (Vt) includes a source electrode, a drain electrode, a channel region extending between the source electrode and the drain electrode, and a gate stack on the channel region. The gate stack includes an ultrathin dielectric dipole layer configured to shift the modulated Vt in a first direction, a high-k (HK) insulating layer on the ultrathin dielectric dipole layer, and a gate metal layer on the HK insulating layer configured to shift the modulated Vt in a second direction.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18133730. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE simplified abstract|18133730]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18133730. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE simplified abstract|18133730]])=== |
| Line 2,069: |
Line 843: |
| | Gyeom Kim | | Gyeom Kim |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor device with specific features and structures. Here is a simplified explanation of the abstract:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The semiconductor device has a substrate that extends in two directions.
| |
| − | * There is a first active pattern on the substrate, protruding from the top surface and extending in one direction.
| |
| − | * An isolation pattern covers the sidewall of the first active pattern.
| |
| − | * Multiple first silicon patterns are spaced apart from each other in a direction perpendicular to the first direction.
| |
| − | * A first source/drain layer extends in the same direction as the first active pattern and is in contact with the sidewalls of the first silicon patterns.
| |
| − | * The sidewall of the first source/drain layer has a constant inclination with respect to the top surface of the substrate in the other direction.
| |
| − | * A gate structure fills the gap between the first silicon patterns and extends in the other direction.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | Bullet points explaining the patent/innovation:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The semiconductor device has a unique structure with specific patterns and layers.
| |
| − | * The first active pattern and first silicon patterns are arranged in a specific way to achieve desired functionality.
| |
| − | * The constant inclination of the first source/drain layer sidewall helps optimize performance.
| |
| − | * The gate structure fills the gap between the first silicon patterns, providing necessary connections and functionality.
| |
| − | * The described semiconductor device may have advantages in terms of performance, efficiency, or other desired characteristics.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A semiconductor device including a substrate extending in a first direction and a second direction perpendicular to the first direction, a first active pattern protruding from a top surface of the substrate and extending in the first direction, an isolation pattern covering a sidewall of the first active pattern on the substrate, first silicon patterns spaced apart from each other in a third direction on the first active pattern, the third direction perpendicular to the first direction and second direction, a first source/drain layer extending in the third direction from a top surface of the first active pattern on the first active pattern, and in contact with sidewalls of the first silicon patterns, wherein a sidewall of the first source/drain layer in the second direction has a constant inclination with respect to the top surface of the substrate, and a gate structure extending in the second direction while filling a gap between the first silicon patterns on the substrate.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE INCLUDING PASSIVATION LAYER AND METHOD OF FABRICATING ELECTRONIC APPARATUS ([[US Patent Application 17900193. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE INCLUDING PASSIVATION LAYER AND METHOD OF FABRICATING ELECTRONIC APPARATUS simplified abstract|17900193]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE INCLUDING PASSIVATION LAYER AND METHOD OF FABRICATING ELECTRONIC APPARATUS ([[US Patent Application 17900193. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE INCLUDING PASSIVATION LAYER AND METHOD OF FABRICATING ELECTRONIC APPARATUS simplified abstract|17900193]])=== |
| Line 2,099: |
Line 851: |
| | Minchul YU | | Minchul YU |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor device and a method of fabricating an electronic apparatus using the semiconductor device.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The semiconductor device includes a semiconductor device layer with at least one electrode on the top.
| |
| − | * The device also includes a passivation layer that partially covers the electrode.
| |
| − | * The passivation layer helps protect the electrode from external factors and ensures its proper functioning.
| |
| − | * The method of fabricating the electronic apparatus involves creating the semiconductor device layer with the electrode.
| |
| − | * The passivation layer is then applied to cover and protect the electrode.
| |
| − | * This innovation improves the reliability and performance of the semiconductor device by providing a protective layer for the electrode.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Provided are a semiconductor device including a passivation layer and a method of fabricating an electronic apparatus including the semiconductor device. The semiconductor device includes a semiconductor device layer including at least one electrode provided at an upper portion thereof and a passivation layer at least partially covering the at least one electrode.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SOLID-STATE BATTERY AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SOLID-STATE BATTERY UTILIZING SPRAY PYROLYSIS ([[US Patent Application 17745776. SOLID-STATE BATTERY AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SOLID-STATE BATTERY UTILIZING SPRAY PYROLYSIS simplified abstract|17745776]])=== | | ===SOLID-STATE BATTERY AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SOLID-STATE BATTERY UTILIZING SPRAY PYROLYSIS ([[US Patent Application 17745776. SOLID-STATE BATTERY AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SOLID-STATE BATTERY UTILIZING SPRAY PYROLYSIS simplified abstract|17745776]])=== |
| Line 2,120: |
Line 859: |
| | Andrea Maurano | | Andrea Maurano |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electrochemical cell and a method for manufacturing the cell.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method involves spraying a solution containing a dissolved metal salt onto an anode that is heated to a temperature of 250°C or higher.
| |
| − | * The metal salt reacts with the anode to create a buffer layer.
| |
| − | * A solid-state electrolyte is then attached to the buffer layer.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electrochemical cell and a method of manufacturing the electrochemical cell are provided. The method includes: spraying a precursor solution on an anode, the precursor solution including a metal salt dissolved in a solvent and the anode being at a temperature of 250° C. or greater; reacting the metal salt on the anode to form a buffer layer; and attaching a solid-state electrolyte to the buffer layer.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SOLID CONDUCTOR, PREPARATION METHOD THEREOF, SOLID ELECTROLYTE INCLUDING THE SOLID CONDUCTOR, AND ELECTROCHEMICAL DEVICE INCLUDING THE SOLID CONDUCTOR ([[US Patent Application 18339585. SOLID CONDUCTOR, PREPARATION METHOD THEREOF, SOLID ELECTROLYTE INCLUDING THE SOLID CONDUCTOR, AND ELECTROCHEMICAL DEVICE INCLUDING THE SOLID CONDUCTOR simplified abstract|18339585]])=== | | ===SOLID CONDUCTOR, PREPARATION METHOD THEREOF, SOLID ELECTROLYTE INCLUDING THE SOLID CONDUCTOR, AND ELECTROCHEMICAL DEVICE INCLUDING THE SOLID CONDUCTOR ([[US Patent Application 18339585. SOLID CONDUCTOR, PREPARATION METHOD THEREOF, SOLID ELECTROLYTE INCLUDING THE SOLID CONDUCTOR, AND ELECTROCHEMICAL DEVICE INCLUDING THE SOLID CONDUCTOR simplified abstract|18339585]])=== |
| Line 2,137: |
Line 866: |
| | | | |
| | Ryounghee KIM | | Ryounghee KIM |
| − |
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract of the patent application describes a solid conductor and its components.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The invention is a solid conductor.
| |
| − | * The conductor is made of a specific material.
| |
| − | * The conductor has a particular shape or structure.
| |
| − | * The conductor is designed to conduct electricity efficiently.
| |
| − | * The conductor may have additional features or properties.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A solid conductor including:
| |
| − |
| |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| Line 2,160: |
Line 875: |
| | Seungho CHOI | | Seungho CHOI |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a phase shifter module that includes a dielectric, a plate, and a PCB with a metal pattern.
| |
| − | * The metal pattern has a power divider with two transmission branches.
| |
| − | * The first transmission branch has a structure between the power divider and its output terminal.
| |
| − | * The second transmission branch also has a structure between the power divider and the output terminal of the first branch.
| |
| − | * The dielectric is placed in a way that it overlaps either the first structure or the second structure, or both.
| |
| − | * The dielectric is flexible and can move with the plate, causing the overlapping regions to change.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A phase shifter module is provided. The phase shifter module includes a dielectric, a plate, and a PCB including a metal pattern. The metal pattern includes a power divider having first and second transmission branches. The first transmission branch includes a first structure formed between a branch point of the power divider and an output terminal of the first transmission branch. The second transmission branch includes a second structure formed between the branch point of the power divider and the output terminal of the first transmission branch. The dielectric is disposed to overlap at least one of at least a portion of the first structure or at least a portion of the second structure. The dielectric is flexibly disposed so that a first region where the dielectric overlaps the first structure and a second region where the dielectric overlaps the second structure vary, according to movement of the plate.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===COVER DEVICE FOR OPTIMAL BEAM IMPLEMENTATION OF ANTENNA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18208349. COVER DEVICE FOR OPTIMAL BEAM IMPLEMENTATION OF ANTENNA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18208349]])=== | | ===COVER DEVICE FOR OPTIMAL BEAM IMPLEMENTATION OF ANTENNA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18208349. COVER DEVICE FOR OPTIMAL BEAM IMPLEMENTATION OF ANTENNA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18208349]])=== |
| Line 2,179: |
Line 883: |
| | Sanghoon PARK | | Sanghoon PARK |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application is about a communication method and system that combines 5G technology with Internet of Things (IoT) technology.
| |
| − | * The goal is to support higher data rates and enable intelligent services in various areas such as smart home, smart city, and healthcare.
| |
| − | * The patent focuses on a cover device that protects an antenna device embedded in an electronic device.
| |
| − | * The cover device has a window area that corresponds to the radiation area of the antenna device.
| |
| − | * The cover device also includes a functional structure with one or more functional layers.
| |
| − | * The functional structure is stacked in the window area of the cover frame.
| |
| − | * The purpose of the functional structure is to enhance the performance of the antenna device in radiating a beam of an ultra-high frequency band.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The disclosure relates to a communication method and system for converging a 5th-Generation (5G) communication system for supporting higher data rates beyond a 4th-Generation (4G) system with a technology for Internet of Things (IoT). The disclosure may be applied to intelligent services based on the 5G communication technology and the IoT-related technology, such as smart home, smart building, smart city, smart car, connected car, health care, digital education, smart retail, security and safety services. Disclosed is a cover device configured to protect an antenna device embedded in an electronic device to radiate a beam of an ultra-high frequency band, the cover device including: a cover frame including a window area corresponding to a radiation area of the antenna device; and a functional structure disposed in the window area on the cover frame and having a stacked structure comprising one or more functional layers.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING ANTENNA AND METHOD THEREFOR ([[US Patent Application 18224906. ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING ANTENNA AND METHOD THEREFOR simplified abstract|18224906]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING ANTENNA AND METHOD THEREFOR ([[US Patent Application 18224906. ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING ANTENNA AND METHOD THEREFOR simplified abstract|18224906]])=== |
| Line 2,199: |
Line 891: |
| | Chungsoon PARK | | Chungsoon PARK |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device with a conductive housing, a main circuit board, and a biometric circuit board for measuring body information.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The biometric circuit board has three connection points:
| |
| − | * The first connection point connects the conductive housing and the biometric circuit board.
| |
| − | * The second connection point connects a biometric button and the biometric circuit board.
| |
| − | * The third connection point connects the main circuit board and the biometric circuit board.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The conductive housing has a first shorting point that is electrically connected to both the biometric circuit board and the main circuit board.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The first shorting point provides an antenna path for the device.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device includes: a conductive housing; a main circuit board; and a biometric circuit board configured to measure body information, wherein the biometric circuit board may include: a first connection point at which a first conductive connection member contacts the biometric circuit board, the first conductive connection member being configured to electrically connect the conductive housing and the biometric circuit board; a second connection point at which a second conductive connection member contacts the biometric circuit board, the second conductive connection member being configured to electrically connect a biometric button and the biometric circuit board; and a third connection point at which a third conductive connection member contacts the biometric circuit board, the third conductive connection member being configured to electrically connect the main circuit board and the biometric circuit board, and the conductive housing may include a first shorting point electrically connected to the biometric circuit board and the main circuit board to provide an antenna path.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING ANTENNA ([[US Patent Application 18327502. ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING ANTENNA simplified abstract|18327502]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING ANTENNA ([[US Patent Application 18327502. ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING ANTENNA simplified abstract|18327502]])=== |
| Line 2,222: |
Line 899: |
| | Sumin YUN | | Sumin YUN |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes an electronic device with an antenna array that can communicate with a signal source outside the device using ultra-wideband technology.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The device includes multiple antenna elements and a wireless communication circuit.
| |
| − | * The wireless communication circuit can simultaneously transmit two linearly polarized waves through different antenna elements.
| |
| − | * The electric field of the first wave oscillates in one direction, while the electric field of the second wave oscillates in a different direction at an acute angle to the first direction.
| |
| − | * The device's processor is connected to the wireless communication circuit and can perform a positioning function based on the time difference between signals received through the first and second antenna elements.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | According to an example embodiment of the disclosure, an electronic device may include: an antenna array comprising a plurality of antenna elements; a wireless communication circuit configured to perform communication with a signal source outside of the electronic device through the antenna array in an ultra-wideband (UWB); and a processor electrically connected to the wireless communication circuit, wherein the wireless communication circuit is configured to simultaneously radiate a first linearly polarized wave through a first antenna element among the plurality of antenna elements and a second linearly polarized wave through a second antenna element among the plurality of antenna elements, wherein an electric field of the first linearly polarized wave oscillates in a first direction, and wherein an electric field of the second linearly polarized wave oscillates in a second direction at an acute angle with respect to the first direction, and wherein the processor is configured to perform a positioning function with respect to the signal source based on a difference between arrival times of signals received from the signal source through the first and second antenna elements.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND OPERATION METHOD OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR PROVIDING FINDING FUNCTION ([[US Patent Application 18312046. ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND OPERATION METHOD OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR PROVIDING FINDING FUNCTION simplified abstract|18312046]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND OPERATION METHOD OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR PROVIDING FINDING FUNCTION ([[US Patent Application 18312046. ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND OPERATION METHOD OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR PROVIDING FINDING FUNCTION simplified abstract|18312046]])=== |
| Line 2,241: |
Line 907: |
| | Hyekyung JEON | | Hyekyung JEON |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a system that includes two electronic devices and a charging case.
| |
| − | * The first electronic device has a battery and a processor, while the second electronic device also has a battery and a processor.
| |
| − | * The charging case has its own battery, a boost circuit to charge the electronic devices, and a bypass circuit to directly supply power from its battery to the electronic devices.
| |
| − | * The first electronic device's processor can identify if it or the second electronic device is mounted on the charging case.
| |
| − | * It can also determine which device has a larger remaining battery capacity and designate it as the main electronic device.
| |
| − | * The first electronic device can send a request signal to an external electronic device and switch to a lost mode if a response signal is received.
| |
| − | * The lost mode involves broadcasting a request signal at regular intervals.
| |
| − | * The first electronic device can transmit information about the lost mode to the charging case.
| |
| − | * The second electronic device can switch to a power saving mode where it only performs designated functions.
| |
| − | * The charging case can connect its battery and bypass circuit based on the lost mode information and provide power to the first electronic device using the bypass circuit.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A system according to an embodiment may include: a first electronic device, a second electronic device, and a charging case, wherein the first electronic device includes a first battery and a first processor; the second electronic device includes a second battery and a second processor; and the charging case includes a third battery, a boost circuit configured to charge the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device with power of the third battery, and a bypass circuit configured to directly supply power from the third battery to the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device, wherein the first processor of the first electronic device may be configured to: identify whether the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device are/is mounted on the charging case; identify a remaining capacity of the first battery and the second battery in response to the identification of being mounted and determine the first electronic device having a larger remaining battery capacity as a main electronic device; transmit a first request signal to a first external electronic device; switch to a lost mode to broadcast a first request signal at a specified period in response to the strength of the first response signal received from the first external electronic device; and transmit information related to the lost mode to the charging case, the second electronic device may be configured to: switch to a power saving mode in which the second electronic device does not perform an operation other than a designated function, wherein the charging case may be configured to connect the third battery and the bypass circuit based on information related to the lost mode and to provide the power of the third battery to the first electronic device using the bypass circuit.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===CHARGING MOUNT APPARATUS FOR WEARABLE DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18354285. CHARGING MOUNT APPARATUS FOR WEARABLE DEVICE simplified abstract|18354285]])=== | | ===CHARGING MOUNT APPARATUS FOR WEARABLE DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18354285. CHARGING MOUNT APPARATUS FOR WEARABLE DEVICE simplified abstract|18354285]])=== |
| Line 2,264: |
Line 915: |
| | Minhyuk NAM | | Minhyuk NAM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a charging mount apparatus for a wearable device.
| |
| − | * The apparatus consists of a mount housing with a ring-shaped mounting space for the wearable device.
| |
| − | * It includes a fixing member with a support fixed to the housing.
| |
| − | * A movable member with a wireless charging module is also present, which can move to the mounting space.
| |
| − | * At least one resilient body is placed between the fixing member and the movable member to push the movable member towards the mounting space.
| |
| − | * The apparatus allows for easy charging of the wearable device while it is mounted on the mount housing.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A charging mount apparatus for a wearable device according to a embodiment of the present disclosure may comprise: a mount housing comprising a first part, a second part, and a ring-shaped mounting space located between the first part and the second part and having the wearable device mounted therein; a fixing member comprising a support fixed to the first part; a movable member comprising a wireless charging module including charging circuitry, disposed on the first part, and configured to move to the ring-shaped mounting space from the fixed member; and at least one resilient body disposed between the fixed member and the movable member, and configured to provide a force pushing the movable member to the ring-shaped mounting space.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING HEAT IN ELECTRONIC DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18351848. ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING HEAT IN ELECTRONIC DEVICE simplified abstract|18351848]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING HEAT IN ELECTRONIC DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18351848. ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING HEAT IN ELECTRONIC DEVICE simplified abstract|18351848]])=== |
| Line 2,283: |
Line 923: |
| | Keyic SON | | Keyic SON |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device with a wireless transmission circuit for transmitting power to a power reception device, and a first processor.
| |
| − | * The device has a power reduction mode that allows for lower voltage and current output from the wireless transmission circuit.
| |
| − | * In an align state, the voltage of the wireless transmission circuit is lowered to a second voltage and the current flowing in the device is lowered to a second current.
| |
| − | * In a misalign state, the voltage of the device is further lowered to a third voltage and the current flowing in the wireless communication circuit is further lowered to a third current.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device is provided. The electronic device includes a wireless transmission circuit for transmitting power to a power reception device, and a first processor. When entering a power reduction mode, with respect to a first voltage and a first current being output from the wireless transmission circuit, the first processor includes, in case that the power reception device is in an align state, lower a voltage of the wireless transmission circuit to a second voltage lower than the first voltage and lower a current flowing in the electronic device to a second current lower than the first current, and, in case that the power reception device is in a misalign state, lower a voltage of the electronic device to a third voltage lower than the second voltage and lower a current flowing in the wireless communication circuit to a third current lower than the second current.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONSTANT MAGNITUDE OUTPUT VOLTAGE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18314422. APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONSTANT MAGNITUDE OUTPUT VOLTAGE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18314422]])=== | | ===APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONSTANT MAGNITUDE OUTPUT VOLTAGE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18314422. APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONSTANT MAGNITUDE OUTPUT VOLTAGE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18314422]])=== |
| Line 2,300: |
Line 931: |
| | Cheolo YEON | | Cheolo YEON |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application is about a communication system that supports higher data transmission rates than current systems like 4G LTE.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The system includes an apparatus and method for wireless communication.
| |
| − | * The apparatus consists of a full-bridge inverter that converts a direct current (DC) signal into an alternating current (AC) signal.
| |
| − | * Multiple multilayer ceramic capacitors (MLCCs) are used to isolate the AC signal and output a second AC signal.
| |
| − | * A full-bridge rectifier then converts the second AC signal back into a DC signal.
| |
| − | * The MLCCs act as isolation components between the inverter and rectifier.
| |
| − | * An inductor is connected to one end of each MLCC.
| |
| − | * The operating frequency of the AC signal corresponds to a resonant frequency.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The disclosure relates to a fifth-generation (5G) or pre-5G communication system to support a higher data transmission rate beyond that of a fourth-generation (4G) communication system, such as Long-Term Evolution (LTE). According to embodiments of the disclosure. An apparatus and method in a wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes a full-bridge inverter configured to convert an input first direct current (DC) signal into a first alternating current (AC) signal, a plurality of multilayer ceramic capacitors (MLCCs) configured to isolate the first AC signal output from the full-bridge inverter to output a second AC signal, and a full-bridge rectifier configured to convert the second AC signal output from the plurality of MLCCs into a second DC signal. The plurality of MLCCs isolate the full-bridge inverter from the full-bridge rectifier, an inductor is connected to one end of each of the plurality of MLCCs, and an operating frequency of the first AC signal corresponds to a resonant frequency.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===FLIP FLOP AND DESIGN METHOD FOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT INCLUDING SAME ([[US Patent Application 18352171. FLIP FLOP AND DESIGN METHOD FOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT INCLUDING SAME simplified abstract|18352171]])=== | | ===FLIP FLOP AND DESIGN METHOD FOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT INCLUDING SAME ([[US Patent Application 18352171. FLIP FLOP AND DESIGN METHOD FOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT INCLUDING SAME simplified abstract|18352171]])=== |
| Line 2,322: |
Line 939: |
| | Ahreum Kim | | Ahreum Kim |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a flip-flop circuit with specific latch arrangements.
| |
| − | * The flip-flop includes two rows, each containing a master latch and a slave latch.
| |
| − | * The master latches are placed next to each other in one direction, and the slave latches are also placed next to each other in the same direction.
| |
| − | * The arrangement allows for efficient operation and control of the flip-flop circuit.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A flip-flop includes a first master latch in a first row, a second master latch in a second row, a first slave latch in the first row, and a second slave latch in the second row. The first master latch and the second master latch are adjacently disposed in the second direction, and the first slave latch and the second slave latch are adjacently disposed in the second direction.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===TRANSMITTER CIRCUIT AND RECEIVER CIRCUIT OF INTERFACE CIRCUIT AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18105815. TRANSMITTER CIRCUIT AND RECEIVER CIRCUIT OF INTERFACE CIRCUIT AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18105815]])=== | | ===TRANSMITTER CIRCUIT AND RECEIVER CIRCUIT OF INTERFACE CIRCUIT AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18105815. TRANSMITTER CIRCUIT AND RECEIVER CIRCUIT OF INTERFACE CIRCUIT AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18105815]])=== |
| Line 2,339: |
Line 947: |
| | BYONGMO MOON | | BYONGMO MOON |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a transmitter circuit for an interface circuit.
| |
| − | * The circuit includes a clock generating circuit, a pulse generating circuit, an overlapped multiplexing circuit, and an output circuit.
| |
| − | * The clock generating circuit generates multiple clocks with different phases.
| |
| − | * The pulse generating circuit generates multiple pulses based on the clocks.
| |
| − | * The overlapped multiplexing circuit receives multiple input signals in parallel and outputs overlapped signals based on the clocks, input signals, and pulses.
| |
| − | * Each overlapped signal includes bit values from two input signals.
| |
| − | * The output circuit serially outputs the bit values of the input signals based on the overlapped signals.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A transmitter circuit of an interface circuit includes a clock generating circuit, a pulse generating circuit, an overlapped multiplexing circuit, and an output circuit. The clock generating circuit generates a plurality of clocks having different phases. The pulse generating circuit generates a plurality of pulses based on the plurality of clocks. The overlapped multiplexing circuit receives a plurality of input signals in parallel, and sequentially outputs a plurality of overlapped signals based on the plurality of clocks, the plurality of input signals, and the plurality of pulses, and each overlapped signal includes bit values of two input signals among the plurality of input signals. The output circuit serially outputs bit values of the plurality of input signals in series based on the plurality of overlapped signal.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===UPLINK COVERAGE USING JOINT PHASE-TIME ARRAYS ([[US Patent Application 18149602. UPLINK COVERAGE USING JOINT PHASE-TIME ARRAYS simplified abstract|18149602]])=== | | ===UPLINK COVERAGE USING JOINT PHASE-TIME ARRAYS ([[US Patent Application 18149602. UPLINK COVERAGE USING JOINT PHASE-TIME ARRAYS simplified abstract|18149602]])=== |
| Line 2,359: |
Line 955: |
| | Jianhua Mo | | Jianhua Mo |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes methods and apparatuses for improving uplink coverage in a base station using joint phase-time arrays (JTPAs).
| |
| − | * JTPA beamforming is used to enhance signaling with a subset of user equipments (UEs) in a cell, based on specific criteria associated with those UEs.
| |
| − | * Analog beamforming is used for signaling with another subset of UEs in the cell.
| |
| − | * The goal is to optimize the uplink coverage and improve the overall performance of the base station.
| |
| − | * This innovation can potentially enhance the efficiency and reliability of uplink communications in cellular networks.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Methods and apparatuses for uplink (UL) coverage enhancements with joint phase-time arrays (JTPAs). A method for operating a base station (BS) includes identifying criteria associated with a set of user equipments (UEs) in a cell of the BS and determining, based on the criteria, a first subset of the set of UEs to use a JPTA beamforming. The method further includes using the JPTA beamforming for signaling with the first subset of UEs and using an analog beamforming for signaling with a second subset of UEs in the set of UEs.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND DEVICE FOR BEAM TRAINING FOR AN INTELLIGENT REFLECTING SURFACE (IRS) ASSISTED CELLULAR SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18311782. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR BEAM TRAINING FOR AN INTELLIGENT REFLECTING SURFACE (IRS) ASSISTED CELLULAR SYSTEM simplified abstract|18311782]])=== | | ===METHOD AND DEVICE FOR BEAM TRAINING FOR AN INTELLIGENT REFLECTING SURFACE (IRS) ASSISTED CELLULAR SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18311782. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR BEAM TRAINING FOR AN INTELLIGENT REFLECTING SURFACE (IRS) ASSISTED CELLULAR SYSTEM simplified abstract|18311782]])=== |
| Line 2,377: |
Line 963: |
| | Mohammed Saquib Noorulhuda KHAN | | Mohammed Saquib Noorulhuda KHAN |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application describes a method and device for beam training in a cellular system that uses an intelligent reflecting surface (IRS) to improve signal transmission.
| |
| − | - The method involves configuring the IRS to reflect a received beam in the same direction it was received, and determining an optimal beam pair for the link between the base station (BS) and the IRS.
| |
| − | - The IRS is also configured to receive a beam from the user equipment (UE), determine an optimal beam pair for the link between the IRS and the UE, and receive signaling information from the UE indicating the optimal beam pair.
| |
| − | - The BS then transmits a beam to the UE through the optimal beam pair determined for the BS-IRS link, and the IRS reflects this beam to the UE through the optimal beam pair determined for the IRS-UE link.
| |
| − | - This method and device aim to improve the efficiency and reliability of beam training in an IRS assisted cellular system.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Disclosed is a method and device for beam training for an IRS assisted cellular system. The method performed by BS in the IRS assisted cellular system includes configuring the IRS in a retro-reflection mode to reflect a received beam in same direction of reception of the beam and determining a BS optimal Tx-Rx beam pair for a BS-IRS link. The method includes: configuring the IRS to receive a beam from the UE; configuring the IRS to determine an IRS optimal Tx-Rx beam pair for an IRS-UE link and receiving signalling information from the UE indicating the IRS optimal Tx-Rx beam pair; and transmitting to the UE, a beam through the BS optimal Tx-Rx beam pair which is received at the UE through the UE optimal Tx-Rx beam pair, wherein the IRS reflects the beam transmitted by the BS to the UE through the IRS optimal Tx-Rx beam pair.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===CONFIGURATION FOR NON-LINE OF SIGHT LINKS ([[US Patent Application 18352978. CONFIGURATION FOR NON-LINE OF SIGHT LINKS simplified abstract|18352978]])=== | | ===CONFIGURATION FOR NON-LINE OF SIGHT LINKS ([[US Patent Application 18352978. CONFIGURATION FOR NON-LINE OF SIGHT LINKS simplified abstract|18352978]])=== |
| Line 2,395: |
Line 971: |
| | Yinan QI | | Yinan QI |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application is related to a communication system that supports higher data rates beyond 4G LTE.
| |
| − | - The invention focuses on identifying non-Line of Sight (NLOS) links between entities in a telecommunication network.
| |
| − | - The method involves determining if a link is NLOS and signaling the result of the determination from a first entity to a second entity.
| |
| − | - The determination is made using a parameter that indicates whether the link is NLOS or not.
| |
| − | - The purpose of this method is to improve the efficiency and reliability of communication in a 5G or pre-5G system.
| |
| − | - The innovation aims to address the challenges of NLOS links, which can cause signal degradation and affect data rates.
| |
| − | - By identifying NLOS links, the system can potentially optimize the transmission and reception of data, leading to better overall performance.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The present disclosure relates to a pre-5th generation (5G) or 5G communication system to be provided for supporting higher data rates beyond 4th generation (4G) communication system such as long term evolution (LTE). Disclosed is a method of identifying non-Line of Sight, NLOS, links between entities in a telecommunication network, comprising the steps of: determining if the link is NLOS and signalling from a first entity to a second entity a result of the determination by means of a parameter indicative of NLOS.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR ESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION CONNECTION TO EXTERNAL ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18224854. ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR ESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION CONNECTION TO EXTERNAL ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18224854]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR ESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION CONNECTION TO EXTERNAL ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18224854. ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR ESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION CONNECTION TO EXTERNAL ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18224854]])=== |
| Line 2,415: |
Line 979: |
| | Junwan CHO | | Junwan CHO |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device with a communication module, processor, and memory.
| |
| − | * The device can receive a signal from one external device while establishing a connection with other external devices.
| |
| − | * It can select a specified number of third external devices based on the received signal.
| |
| − | * The device can then transmit or receive data from the selected third external devices through established communication connections.
| |
| − | * The selection of third external devices is based on weak signal intensity or greater distance from the electronic device.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Disclosed is an electronic device including a communication module, a processor and a memory that stores instructions. The instructions, when executed, cause the processor to receive a first signal from a first external electronic device through the communication module while a communication connection to at least one second external electronic device is being established, select a specified number of third external electronic devices or less from among the first external electronic device and the at least one second external electronic device based on the first signal, and transmit data to or receive data from the selected third external electronic devices through established communication connections to the selected third external electronic devices. The third external electronic devices are selected in order of having a weak signal intensity or a greater distance from the electronic device from among the first external electronic device and the at least one second external electronic device.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD EXECUTED BY BASE STATION OR NETWORK NODE, AND RELEVANT DEVICES ([[US Patent Application 18335781. METHOD EXECUTED BY BASE STATION OR NETWORK NODE, AND RELEVANT DEVICES simplified abstract|18335781]])=== | | ===METHOD EXECUTED BY BASE STATION OR NETWORK NODE, AND RELEVANT DEVICES ([[US Patent Application 18335781. METHOD EXECUTED BY BASE STATION OR NETWORK NODE, AND RELEVANT DEVICES simplified abstract|18335781]])=== |
| Line 2,433: |
Line 987: |
| | Yan LI | | Yan LI |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application describes a method for improving user throughput in a wireless communication network.
| |
| − | - The method involves acquiring channel related information of a target user equipment (UE) and using artificial intelligence (AI) to determine a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) based on the acquired information.
| |
| − | - The determined MCS is then transmitted to the target UE, which can be an edge UE with a higher number of MCS change values compared to a center UE.
| |
| − | - The steps of the method can be implemented using a trained AI method, which allows for accurate determination of the MCS based on the acquired MCS related information.
| |
| − | - By accurately reflecting the channel state of the target UE, the determined MCS improves user throughput in the network.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An example embodiment may provide a method to be performed by a base station and/or a network node, and relevant devices. The method may include: acquiring channel related information of a target user equipment (UE); acquiring a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) determined based on MCS related information, the MCS related information being acquired by an artificial intelligence (AI) network based on the channel related information; and, transmitting the determined MCS to the target UE, the target UE comprising an edge UE, the number of MCS change value of the edge UE being greater than the number of MCS change value of a center UE. The steps in this scheme can be implemented by a trained artificial intelligence method. The corresponding MCS related information may be acquired by an AI network based on the channel related information of the target UE, and the MCS of the target UE may then be determined by using the acquired MCS related information. Since the MCS related information acquired by the AI network can accurately reflect the channel state of the target UE, the determined MCS is more accurate, and the user throughput is thus improved.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHODS AND SYSTEMS OF HARQ RETRANSMISSION FOR NR MBS SERVICES ([[US Patent Application 18245862. METHODS AND SYSTEMS OF HARQ RETRANSMISSION FOR NR MBS SERVICES simplified abstract|18245862]])=== | | ===METHODS AND SYSTEMS OF HARQ RETRANSMISSION FOR NR MBS SERVICES ([[US Patent Application 18245862. METHODS AND SYSTEMS OF HARQ RETRANSMISSION FOR NR MBS SERVICES simplified abstract|18245862]])=== |
| Line 2,451: |
Line 995: |
| | Vinay Kumar SHRIVASTAVA | | Vinay Kumar SHRIVASTAVA |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application is related to a communication system (5G or 6G) that supports higher data transmission rates.
| |
| − | - The patent application discloses methods and systems for Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) retransmission for NR MBS (New Radio Multicast Broadcast Service) services.
| |
| − | - The disclosed embodiments propose a DRX (Discontinuous Reception) approach and HARQ transmission and retransmission techniques for MBS packets.
| |
| − | - The purpose of these techniques is to enable power-efficient and reliable delivery of 5G MBS services.
| |
| − | - The disclosed techniques are designed to work within the PTM (Point-to-Multipoint) and PTP (Point-to-Point) based delivery framework for NR MBS.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The disclosure relates to a 5G or 6G communication system for supporting a higher data transmission rate. Methods and systems of HARQ retransmission for NR MBS services Embodiments herein disclose methods and systems of HARQ retransmission for NR MBS services. Embodiments herein disclose a DRX approach and HARQ transmission and retransmission for MBS packets in order to support power efficient and reliable delivery of 5G MBS services. Embodiments herein disclose a DRX approach and HARQ transmission and retransmission for MBS packets, which work for the PTM and PTP based delivery framework for NR MBS.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROCESSING AND DISTRIBUTING SERVICE REQUESTS TO COMPUTATIONAL STORAGE DEVICES ([[US Patent Application 17881378. SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROCESSING AND DISTRIBUTING SERVICE REQUESTS TO COMPUTATIONAL STORAGE DEVICES simplified abstract|17881378]])=== | | ===SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROCESSING AND DISTRIBUTING SERVICE REQUESTS TO COMPUTATIONAL STORAGE DEVICES ([[US Patent Application 17881378. SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROCESSING AND DISTRIBUTING SERVICE REQUESTS TO COMPUTATIONAL STORAGE DEVICES simplified abstract|17881378]])=== |
| Line 2,469: |
Line 1,003: |
| | Yang Seok Ki | | Yang Seok Ki |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a system and method for processing and distributing a service request.
| |
| − | * The system receives a service request from a client.
| |
| − | * It identifies the location of the data associated with the request.
| |
| − | * The system determines the status of a computational storage device associated with that location.
| |
| − | * Based on the status, the system transmits the service request to a storage service connected to the computational storage device.
| |
| − | * The system then identifies the response to the service request from the storage service.
| |
| − | * Finally, the system provides the response to the client who made the service request.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Systems and methods for processing and distributing a service request. The service request is received from a client, and a location of data is identified. A status of a computational storage device associated with the location is determined. The service request is transmitted to a storage service associated with the computational storage device based on the status. A response to the service request from the storage service, is identified, and the response is provided to the client.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVEMENTS OF AUTONOMOUS GAPS ([[US Patent Application 17786319. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVEMENTS OF AUTONOMOUS GAPS simplified abstract|17786319]])=== | | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVEMENTS OF AUTONOMOUS GAPS ([[US Patent Application 17786319. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVEMENTS OF AUTONOMOUS GAPS simplified abstract|17786319]])=== |
| Line 2,489: |
Line 1,011: |
| | Himke VAN DER VELDE | | Himke VAN DER VELDE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application is about a method for configuring a User Equipment (UE) in a pre-5G or 5G communication system. The method involves the UE reporting information obtained from a neighboring cell to the telecommunication network. The network then determines whether the UE can use an Autonomous Gap (AG) for communication with one or more serving cells, based on this information.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The patent application is for a method in a pre-5G or 5G communication system.
| |
| − | * The method involves configuring a User Equipment (UE) to report information obtained from a neighboring cell.
| |
| − | * The telecommunication network uses this information to determine if the UE can use an Autonomous Gap (AG) for communication with serving cells.
| |
| − | * The method aims to support higher data rates beyond the 4G LTE communication system.
| |
| − | * The innovation allows for more efficient utilization of resources in the communication system.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The present disclosure relates to a pre-5-Generation (5G) or 5G communication system to be provided for supporting higher data rates Beyond 4-Generation (4G) communication system such as Long Term Evolution (LTE). Disclosed is a method of a telecommunication network configuring a User Equipment, UE, to report information measured or obtained from a neighbouring cell, whereby the network indicates to the UE whether the UE is allowed to utilise an Autonomous Gap, AG, for its communication with one or more serving cells, while obtaining the information from the neighbouring cell.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND OPERATION METHOD THEREFOR ([[US Patent Application 18221717. ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND OPERATION METHOD THEREFOR simplified abstract|18221717]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND OPERATION METHOD THEREFOR ([[US Patent Application 18221717. ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND OPERATION METHOD THEREFOR simplified abstract|18221717]])=== |
| Line 2,509: |
Line 1,019: |
| | Duckjin KIM | | Duckjin KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes an electronic device with two communication modules, a spread spectrum clock generator (SSCG), memory, and a processor. The processor executes instructions to set a spread spectrum method and ratio for the SSCG, determine if the device is connected to wireless communication, identify the frequency band of the communication channel, check if the frequency is within the band, and maintain the spread spectrum method and ratio for generating a spread spectrum clock signal.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * Electronic device with two communication modules for wireless communication
| |
| − | * Includes a spread spectrum clock generator (SSCG), memory, and processor
| |
| − | * Processor sets spread spectrum method and ratio for the SSCG
| |
| − | * Determines if the device is connected to wireless communication
| |
| − | * Identifies the frequency band of the communication channel
| |
| − | * Checks if the frequency is within the band
| |
| − | * Maintains the spread spectrum method and ratio for generating a spread spectrum clock signal.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device includes: An electronic device includes a first communication module and a second communication module configured to perform wireless communication, a spread spectrum clock generator (SSCG), a memory, and a processor. The processor is configured to execute instructions to set a spread spectrum method and a spread ratio of the SSCG, determine whether the electronic device is communicatively coupled to at least one of a first and a second wireless communication, identify a frequency band of a channel of the at least one of the first and the second wireless communication, determine whether at least one of a frequency and multiplication frequencies of the frequency is included by the frequency band of the channel, and maintain the spread spectrum method and the spread ratio causing the SSCG to generate a spread spectrum clock signal based on first spread spectrum method and the spread ratio.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ENHANCEMENTS TO SUPPORT HST-SFN DEPLOYMENT SCENARIO ([[US Patent Application 18222421. ENHANCEMENTS TO SUPPORT HST-SFN DEPLOYMENT SCENARIO simplified abstract|18222421]])=== | | ===ENHANCEMENTS TO SUPPORT HST-SFN DEPLOYMENT SCENARIO ([[US Patent Application 18222421. ENHANCEMENTS TO SUPPORT HST-SFN DEPLOYMENT SCENARIO simplified abstract|18222421]])=== |
| Line 2,531: |
Line 1,027: |
| | Hoda SHAHMOHAMMADIAN | | Hoda SHAHMOHAMMADIAN |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a device and a Transmit and Receive Point (TRP) in a High-Speed Train-Single Frequency Network (HST-SFN) that help compensate for frequency-offset in the device.
| |
| − | * The device receives two reference signals from a first TRP, one of which corresponds to a QCL RS of the other signal.
| |
| − | * The device uses the first reference signal to determine delay-spread and average-delay information for the path between the first TRP and the device.
| |
| − | * The device also receives a third reference signal from a second TRP, which includes Doppler-shift and Doppler-spread information.
| |
| − | * The third reference signal corresponds to either a QCL RS of a fourth reference signal transmitted from the second TRP or the second reference signal transmitted in a SFN manner from the first TRP.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A device, such as a UE, and a Transmit and Receive Point (TRP) in a High-Speed Train-Single Frequency Network (HST-SFN) are disclosed that provide network-assisted frequency-offset compensation for the device. The device includes a receiver that receives a first reference signal and a second reference signal sent over a wireless network from a first TRP. The first reference signal corresponds to a QCL RS of the second reference signal. The device receiver determines delay-spread and average-delay information for a path between the first TRP to the device based on the first reference signal. The device receiver further receives a third reference signal from a second TRP that includes Doppler-shift and Doppler-spread information, and corresponds to a QCL RS of a fourth reference signal transmitted from the second TRP or corresponds to the second reference signal transmitted in a SFN manner from the first TRP.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===CLOUD SERVER FOR AUTHENTICATION USER AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18216973. CLOUD SERVER FOR AUTHENTICATION USER AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18216973]])=== | | ===CLOUD SERVER FOR AUTHENTICATION USER AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18216973. CLOUD SERVER FOR AUTHENTICATION USER AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18216973]])=== |
| Line 2,549: |
Line 1,035: |
| | Sungyoon Song | | Sungyoon Song |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method for authenticating account information received from an electronic device using user authentication.
| |
| − | * The cloud server receives the account information and a request for authentication from the electronic device.
| |
| − | * It obtains authentication information from user data corresponding to the account information.
| |
| − | * The server generates problem information, including question and option information, for user authentication based on correct and incorrect answer data.
| |
| − | * The problem information is transmitted to the electronic device.
| |
| − | * The server receives a user input in response to the options provided.
| |
| − | * It determines whether the authentication is successful based on whether the user input corresponds to a correct answer.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | To authenticate account information received from an electronic device, a cloud server receives the account information to be authenticated and a request for the authentication from the electronic device; obtains authentication information for user authentication from user data corresponding to the account information; obtains correct answer data and incorrect answer data based on the authentication information; generates first problem information including first question information and first option information for the user authentication based on the correct answer data and the incorrect answer data and transmits the first problem information to the electronic device; receives a user input in response to the first option information from the electronic device; and determines whether the authentication is successful based on whether the user input corresponds to a correct answer.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND IOT CONTROL INFORMATION SHARING METHOD ([[US Patent Application 18355628. ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND IOT CONTROL INFORMATION SHARING METHOD simplified abstract|18355628]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND IOT CONTROL INFORMATION SHARING METHOD ([[US Patent Application 18355628. ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND IOT CONTROL INFORMATION SHARING METHOD simplified abstract|18355628]])=== |
| Line 2,569: |
Line 1,043: |
| | Yoonseok KANG | | Yoonseok KANG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes an electronic device that can connect to and control multiple Internet-of-things (IoT) devices.
| |
| − | * The device includes a display, communication module, memory, and processor.
| |
| − | * The processor can receive IoT control information from an external user device, which includes device information and operation information for external IoT devices.
| |
| − | * The processor can identify IoT devices on a local network that can be connected through the electronic device.
| |
| − | * Based on the received IoT control information, the processor can determine a main device among the identified IoT devices and the operation information to be applied to the main device.
| |
| − | * The processor can generate second IoT control information that includes device information and operation information specifically for the main device.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device according to various embodiments comprises: a display; a communication module including communication circuitry; a memory; and a processor operatively connected to the display, the communication module, and the memory, wherein the processor may be configured to: receive, through the communication module, first Internet-of-things (IoT) control information including device information regarding at least one external IoT device generated by an external user device and operation information configured for the at least one external IoT device; identify one or more IoT devices that can be connected on a local network through the electronic device determine based on the received first IoT control information a main device among the one or more identified IoT devices and operation information to be applied to the main device; and generate second IoT control information including device information regarding the main device and the operation information regarding the main device.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING INTERNET OF THINGS DEVICE AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18169887. ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING INTERNET OF THINGS DEVICE AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME simplified abstract|18169887]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING INTERNET OF THINGS DEVICE AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18169887. ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING INTERNET OF THINGS DEVICE AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME simplified abstract|18169887]])=== |
| Line 2,588: |
Line 1,051: |
| | Sanghoon CHO | | Sanghoon CHO |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application describes an electronic device that can connect with and control an external electronic device.
| |
| − | - The electronic device includes a communication circuit and a processor.
| |
| − | - The processor is programmed to obtain a connection code for the external electronic device through the communication circuit.
| |
| − | - The processor then uses the connection code to discover and establish a secure channel with the external electronic device through the communication circuit.
| |
| − | - Once the secure channel is established, the electronic device can transmit control commands to the external electronic device.
| |
| − | - These control commands are specifically for an internet-of-things (IoT) device, instructing it to perform a designated action.
| |
| − | - The connection code is used as a unique identifier for the external electronic device, ensuring secure and accurate communication.
| |
| − | - This innovation allows for easy and secure control of IoT devices through an electronic device.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device includes a communication circuit and a processor, The processor is configured to obtain a connection code related to an external electronic device through the communication circuit, discover the external electronic device through the communication circuit based on the connection code, establish a first secure channel with the external electronic device, based on the connection code, through the communication circuit, and transmit a control command for an internet-of-things (IoT) device to perform a designated action to the external electronic device through the first secure channel using the connection code.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD FOR PROVIDING USER INTERFACE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREFOR ([[US Patent Application 18351328. METHOD FOR PROVIDING USER INTERFACE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREFOR simplified abstract|18351328]])=== | | ===METHOD FOR PROVIDING USER INTERFACE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREFOR ([[US Patent Application 18351328. METHOD FOR PROVIDING USER INTERFACE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREFOR simplified abstract|18351328]])=== |
| Line 2,609: |
Line 1,059: |
| | Jongmyung LEE | | Jongmyung LEE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device with a display, processor, and memory.
| |
| − | * The device can run applications and display user interfaces.
| |
| − | * It can connect to IoT devices and control their functions.
| |
| − | * The device can filter and display information about compatible IoT devices.
| |
| − | * Users can select an IoT device and configure its functions through the device's interface.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Disclosed is an electronic device comprising a display, a processor operatively connected to the display, and a memory which is operatively connected to the display and the processor and stores a first application. The memory may store one or more instructions which, when executed, cause the processor to: control the display to display a first user interface based on the first application being executed; based on an input for selecting the first user interface being received, filter device information and function information for at least one Internet of things (IoT) device which supports a function associated with a first function provided by the first application, on the basis of IoT device information registered in a server and IoT device information supported by an application; control the display to display a second user interface including the filtered device information and function information for the at least one IoT device; and based on an input for selecting a first IoT device from among the at least one IoT being received through the second user interface, configure a second function of the first IoT device, which is associated with the first function, to be operated.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DYNAMIC BACKHAUL NETWORK DELAY-BASED SESSION MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18309474. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DYNAMIC BACKHAUL NETWORK DELAY-BASED SESSION MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18309474]])=== | | ===METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DYNAMIC BACKHAUL NETWORK DELAY-BASED SESSION MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18309474. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DYNAMIC BACKHAUL NETWORK DELAY-BASED SESSION MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18309474]])=== |
| Line 2,627: |
Line 1,067: |
| | Dongyeon KIM | | Dongyeon KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application is about a communication system (5G or 6G) that supports higher data transmission rates.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The system includes a session management function (SMF) that performs certain actions.
| |
| − | * The SMF receives a message from an access and mobility management function (AMF) indicating the use of a dynamic satellite backhaul.
| |
| − | * The SMF then transmits a message to a policy control function (PCF) indicating the use of the dynamic satellite backhaul.
| |
| − | * The PCF, upon receiving the message, triggers a quality of service (QoS) monitoring operation for the dynamic satellite backhaul.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The disclosure relates to a 5G or 6G communication system for supporting a higher data transmission rate. According to an aspect of the disclosure, a method by a session management function (SMF) in a wireless communication system may comprise receiving, from an access and mobility management function (AMF), a first message including information indicating that a dynamic satellite backhaul is used; transmitting, to a policy control function (PCF), a second message indicating that the dynamic satellite backhaul is used based on receiving the first message, wherein the PCF triggers a quality of service (QoS) monitoring operation for the dynamic satellite backhaul based on the second message.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===IMAGE SENSOR TEST SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18071021. IMAGE SENSOR TEST SYSTEM simplified abstract|18071021]])=== | | ===IMAGE SENSOR TEST SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18071021. IMAGE SENSOR TEST SYSTEM simplified abstract|18071021]])=== |
| Line 2,646: |
Line 1,075: |
| | Seongkwan Lee | | Seongkwan Lee |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an image sensor test system.
| |
| − | * The system includes a test device and a probe card.
| |
| − | * The test device transmits an input signal and a control signal to at least one image sensor through the probe card.
| |
| − | * An interface board is used to connect the probe card and the test device.
| |
| − | * The interface board maps the connections between the probe card and the test device.
| |
| − | * The interface board includes a signal receiver.
| |
| − | * The signal receiver receives an image signal from the image sensor.
| |
| − | * The image signal is amplified by an operational amplifier in the signal receiver.
| |
| − | * A low-frequency attenuator is connected to the output terminal of the operational amplifier.
| |
| − | * The amplified image signal is outputted to the test device.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An image sensor test system includes a test device configured to transmit an input signal and a control signal to at least one image sensor through a probe card, and an interface board configured to map the probe card and the test device to each other. The interface board includes a signal receiver configured to receive an image signal from the at least one image sensor, amplify the image signal, and output the image signal to the test device, and the signal receiver includes an operational amplifier configured to amplify the image signal, and a low-frequency attenuator connected to an output terminal of the operational amplifier.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VIDEO DECODING, AND METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VIDEO ENCODING ([[US Patent Application 18354850. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VIDEO DECODING, AND METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VIDEO ENCODING simplified abstract|18354850]])=== | | ===METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VIDEO DECODING, AND METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VIDEO ENCODING ([[US Patent Application 18354850. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VIDEO DECODING, AND METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VIDEO ENCODING simplified abstract|18354850]])=== |
| Line 2,669: |
Line 1,083: |
| | Narae CHOI | | Narae CHOI |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method and apparatus for video decoding.
| |
| − | * The method determines if a current block is in contact with the upper boundary of the largest coding unit.
| |
| − | * If the current block is in contact with the upper boundary, it determines the upper reference line of the current block as one reference line.
| |
| − | * If the current block is not in contact with the upper boundary, it determines the upper reference line based on N reference lines.
| |
| − | * The determined upper reference line is then used in the video decoding process.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Provided are a video decoding method and apparatus which, during video encoding and decoding processes, determine whether a current block is in contact with an upper boundary of a largest coding unit including the current block, when it is determined that the current block is in contact with the upper boundary of the largest coding unit, determine an upper reference line of the current block as one reference line, when it is determined that the current block is not in contact with the upper boundary of the largest coding unit, determine the upper reference line of the current block based on N reference lines, and use the determined upper reference line.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VIDEO DECODING, AND METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VIDEO ENCODING ([[US Patent Application 18354870. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VIDEO DECODING, AND METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VIDEO ENCODING simplified abstract|18354870]])=== | | ===METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VIDEO DECODING, AND METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VIDEO ENCODING ([[US Patent Application 18354870. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VIDEO DECODING, AND METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VIDEO ENCODING simplified abstract|18354870]])=== |
| Line 2,687: |
Line 1,091: |
| | Narae CHOI | | Narae CHOI |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method and apparatus for video decoding.
| |
| − | * The method determines if a current block is in contact with the upper boundary of the largest coding unit.
| |
| − | * If the current block is in contact with the upper boundary, the upper reference line of the current block is determined as one reference line.
| |
| − | * If the current block is not in contact with the upper boundary, the upper reference line of the current block is determined based on N reference lines.
| |
| − | * The determined upper reference line is then used in the video decoding process.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Provided are a video decoding method and apparatus which, during video encoding and decoding processes, determine whether a current block is in contact with an upper boundary of a largest coding unit including the current block, when it is determined that the current block is in contact with the upper boundary of the largest coding unit, determine an upper reference line of the current block as one reference line, when it is determined that the current block is not in contact with the upper boundary of the largest coding unit, determine the upper reference line of the current block based on N reference lines, and use the determined upper reference line.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRAINING ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE MODELS FOR IN-LOOP FILTERS ([[US Patent Application 18333067. SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRAINING ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE MODELS FOR IN-LOOP FILTERS simplified abstract|18333067]])=== | | ===SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRAINING ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE MODELS FOR IN-LOOP FILTERS ([[US Patent Application 18333067. SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRAINING ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE MODELS FOR IN-LOOP FILTERS simplified abstract|18333067]])=== |
| Line 2,705: |
Line 1,099: |
| | Anubhav SINGH | | Anubhav SINGH |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a method for training AI models for in-loop filters in video codecs. Here is a simplified explanation of the abstract:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method involves generating a training dataset by passing a video through a codec pipeline.
| |
| − | * One or more predefined block features are extracted from the training dataset.
| |
| − | * The extracted block features are used to create clusters, which group similar features together.
| |
| − | * The clusters are further divided into sub-clusters based on the block features and a threshold for intra-cluster variation.
| |
| − | * The sub-clusters are then supplied separately into multiple AI models.
| |
| − | * The AI models are based on the extracted block features and are used for in-loop filtering in video codecs.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | In summary, this method involves training AI models for in-loop filters by extracting block features from a video dataset, creating clusters, and dividing them into sub-clusters for improved performance in video codecs.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An example method for training AI models for in-loop filters includes generating a training dataset by passing a video through a codec pipeline, extracting one or more predefined block features from the training dataset, creating a plurality of clusters based on the extracted one or more predefined block features from the training dataset, dividing the plurality of clusters into a sub-plurality of clusters based on the extracted one or more predefined block features and an intra-cluster variation threshold, and supplying the sub-plurality of clusters separately into a plurality of AI models based on the extracted one or more predefined block features.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===IMAGE ENCODING DEVICE AND IMAGE DECODING DEVICE USING TRIANGULAR PREDICTION MODE, AND IMAGE ENCODING METHOD AND IMAGE DECODING METHOD PERFORMED THEREBY ([[US Patent Application 18353962. IMAGE ENCODING DEVICE AND IMAGE DECODING DEVICE USING TRIANGULAR PREDICTION MODE, AND IMAGE ENCODING METHOD AND IMAGE DECODING METHOD PERFORMED THEREBY simplified abstract|18353962]])=== | | ===IMAGE ENCODING DEVICE AND IMAGE DECODING DEVICE USING TRIANGULAR PREDICTION MODE, AND IMAGE ENCODING METHOD AND IMAGE DECODING METHOD PERFORMED THEREBY ([[US Patent Application 18353962. IMAGE ENCODING DEVICE AND IMAGE DECODING DEVICE USING TRIANGULAR PREDICTION MODE, AND IMAGE ENCODING METHOD AND IMAGE DECODING METHOD PERFORMED THEREBY simplified abstract|18353962]])=== |
| Line 2,728: |
Line 1,107: |
| | Seungsoo JEONG | | Seungsoo JEONG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an image decoding method that involves decoding information related to a triangle prediction mode for a current block from a bitstream. The current block is then split into two triangular partitions based on this information.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method includes generating a merge list for the triangle prediction mode using a regular merge mode.
| |
| − | * A motion vector is selected for the two triangular partitions based on information indicating the motion vector from motion vectors included in the merge list.
| |
| − | * Prediction blocks corresponding to the two triangular partitions are obtained from a reference image using the selected motion vector.
| |
| − | * Finally, the current block is reconstructed based on a final prediction block.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An image decoding method including: obtaining, from a bitstream, information related to a triangle prediction mode for a current block; splitting the current block into two triangular partitions, according to the information related to a triangle prediction mode; generating a merge list for a triangle prediction mode, according to a merge list generation method in a regular merge mode; selecting a motion vector for the two triangular partitions according to information indicating the motion vector from among motion vectors included in the merge list; obtaining, from a reference image, prediction blocks corresponding to the two triangular partitions, based on the motion vector; and reconstructing the current block, based on a final prediction block.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===IMAGE ENCODING DEVICE AND IMAGE DECODING | | ===IMAGE ENCODING DEVICE AND IMAGE DECODING |
| Line 2,749: |
Line 1,117: |
| | Seungsoo JEONG | | Seungsoo JEONG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an image decoding method that involves decoding information related to a triangle prediction mode for a current block from a bitstream. The current block is then split into two triangular partitions based on this information.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method includes generating a merge list for a triangle prediction mode using a regular merge mode.
| |
| − | * A motion vector is selected for the two triangular partitions based on information indicating the motion vector from motion vectors included in the merge list.
| |
| − | * Prediction blocks corresponding to the two triangular partitions are obtained from a reference image based on the motion vector.
| |
| − | * The current block is then reconstructed based on a final prediction block.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An image decoding method including: obtaining, from a bitstream, information related to a triangle prediction mode for a current block; splitting the current block into two triangular partitions, according to the information related to a triangle prediction mode; generating a merge list for a triangle prediction mode, according to a merge list generation method in a regular merge mode; selecting a motion vector for the two triangular partitions according to information indicating the motion vector from among motion vectors included in the merge list; obtaining, from a reference image, prediction blocks corresponding to the two triangular partitions, based on the motion vector; and reconstructing the current block, based on a final prediction block.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===IMAGE ENCODING DEVICE AND IMAGE DECODING | | ===IMAGE ENCODING DEVICE AND IMAGE DECODING |
| Line 2,770: |
Line 1,127: |
| | Seungsoo JEONG | | Seungsoo JEONG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an image decoding method that involves decoding information related to a triangle prediction mode for a block in an image.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The current block is split into two triangular partitions based on the triangle prediction mode information.
| |
| − | * A merge list is generated for the triangle prediction mode using a regular merge mode method.
| |
| − | * A motion vector is selected for the two triangular partitions from the merge list based on motion vector information.
| |
| − | * Prediction blocks corresponding to the two triangular partitions are obtained from a reference image using the motion vector.
| |
| − | * The current block is reconstructed based on a final prediction block.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An image decoding method including: obtaining, from a bitstream, information related to a triangle prediction mode for a current block; splitting the current block into two triangular partitions, according to the information related to a triangle prediction mode; generating a merge list for a triangle prediction mode, according to a merge list generation method in a regular merge mode; selecting a motion vector for the two triangular partitions according to information indicating the motion vector from among motion vectors included in the merge list; obtaining, from a reference image, prediction blocks corresponding to the two triangular partitions, based on the motion vector; and reconstructing the current block, based on a final prediction block.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===IMAGE ENCODING DEVICE AND IMAGE DECODING | | ===IMAGE ENCODING DEVICE AND IMAGE DECODING |
| Line 2,792: |
Line 1,137: |
| | Seungsoo JEONG | | Seungsoo JEONG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an image decoding method that involves decoding information related to a triangle prediction mode for a block in an image.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The current block is split into two triangular partitions based on the triangle prediction mode information.
| |
| − | * A merge list is generated for the triangle prediction mode using a regular merge mode method.
| |
| − | * A motion vector is selected for the two triangular partitions from the merge list based on motion vector information.
| |
| − | * Prediction blocks corresponding to the two triangular partitions are obtained from a reference image using the selected motion vector.
| |
| − | * The current block is then reconstructed based on the final prediction block.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An image decoding method including: obtaining, from a bitstream, information related to a triangle prediction mode for a current block; splitting the current block into two triangular partitions, according to the information related to a triangle prediction mode; generating a merge list for a triangle prediction mode, according to a merge list generation method in a regular merge mode; selecting a motion vector for the two triangular partitions according to information indicating the motion vector from among motion vectors included in the merge list; obtaining, from a reference image, prediction blocks corresponding to the two triangular partitions, based on the motion vector; and reconstructing the current block, based on a final prediction block.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===COMPUTING DEVICE AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 17312295. COMPUTING DEVICE AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|17312295]])=== | | ===COMPUTING DEVICE AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 17312295. COMPUTING DEVICE AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|17312295]])=== |
| Line 2,812: |
Line 1,145: |
| | Keuntek LEE | | Keuntek LEE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an artificial intelligence (AI) system and its application.
| |
| − | * The system includes a computing device with memory and a processor.
| |
| − | * The processor executes instructions stored in memory to input a recommendation recipient's consumption information.
| |
| − | * The system uses a first neural network to receive and reconstruct item consumption information of a user.
| |
| − | * The first neural network also includes a second neural network that has been trained with metadata consumption information.
| |
| − | * The system obtains item recommendation information that reflects the metadata consumption information.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The disclosure relates to an artificial intelligence (AI) system and an application thereof. A computing device disclosed includes: a memory storing one or more instructions; and a processor configured to execute the one or more instructions stored in the memory, wherein the processor is configured to execute the one or more instructions to input a recommendation recipient's consumption information to a first neural network configured to receive item consumption information of a user and reconstruct the item consumption information and a second neural network embedded into the first neural network and having been trained with respect to metadata consumption information corresponding to the item consumption information, and obtain item recommendation information to which the metadata consumption information is reflected.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SYSTEM AND METHOD TO IMPROVE QUALITY IN UNDER-DISPLAY CAMERA SYSTEM WITH RADIALLY-INCREASING DISTORTION ([[US Patent Application 18354394. SYSTEM AND METHOD TO IMPROVE QUALITY IN UNDER-DISPLAY CAMERA SYSTEM WITH RADIALLY-INCREASING DISTORTION simplified abstract|18354394]])=== | | ===SYSTEM AND METHOD TO IMPROVE QUALITY IN UNDER-DISPLAY CAMERA SYSTEM WITH RADIALLY-INCREASING DISTORTION ([[US Patent Application 18354394. SYSTEM AND METHOD TO IMPROVE QUALITY IN UNDER-DISPLAY CAMERA SYSTEM WITH RADIALLY-INCREASING DISTORTION simplified abstract|18354394]])=== |
| Line 2,831: |
Line 1,153: |
| | Yibo Xu | | Yibo Xu |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method for processing images that involves multiple steps and techniques to enhance the quality of the image.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * Obtaining an image with one or more frames.
| |
| − | * Performing multi-frame processing, image signal processing, and image processing on the image to improve its quality.
| |
| − | * Applying chroma suppression to the processed image.
| |
| − | * Chroma suppression reduces brightness and color saturation in specific areas of the processed image.
| |
| − | * The purpose of chroma suppression is to enhance the overall visual appearance of the image.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A method includes obtaining an image, where the image includes one or more frames. The method also includes performing multi-frame processing, image signal processing, and image processing on the image to produce a processed image. The method further includes applying a chroma suppression to the processed image. The chroma suppression is configured to reduce brightness and color saturation in one or more select areas within the processed image.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SYSTEM AND METHOD TO IMPROVE QUALITY IN UNDER-DISPLAY CAMERA SYSTEM WITH RADIALLY-INCREASING DISTORTION ([[US Patent Application 18354409. SYSTEM AND METHOD TO IMPROVE QUALITY IN UNDER-DISPLAY CAMERA SYSTEM WITH RADIALLY-INCREASING DISTORTION simplified abstract|18354409]])=== | | ===SYSTEM AND METHOD TO IMPROVE QUALITY IN UNDER-DISPLAY CAMERA SYSTEM WITH RADIALLY-INCREASING DISTORTION ([[US Patent Application 18354409. SYSTEM AND METHOD TO IMPROVE QUALITY IN UNDER-DISPLAY CAMERA SYSTEM WITH RADIALLY-INCREASING DISTORTION simplified abstract|18354409]])=== |
| Line 2,851: |
Line 1,161: |
| | Yibo Xu | | Yibo Xu |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method for processing images to improve their quality and reduce noise.
| |
| − | * Obtaining an image with one or more frames.
| |
| − | * Performing multi-frame processing and image signal processing on the image to enhance its quality.
| |
| − | * Performing image restoration on the processed image to further improve its quality.
| |
| − | * Generating a dither signal and applying a corner attenuation to it to reduce noise in the image.
| |
| − | * Combining the attenuated dither signal with a sharpened denoised signal to create a combined signal.
| |
| − | * Applying halo suppression on the combined signal to reduce artifacts in the image.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A method includes obtaining an image, where the image includes one or more frames. The method also includes performing multi-frame processing and image signal processing on the image to produce a processed image. The method further includes performing image restoration on the processed image to produce an output image. Performing the image restoration includes generating a dither signal, applying a dither signal corner attenuation to the dither signal in order to generate an attenuated dither signal, combining the attenuated dither signal with a sharpened denoised signal in order to generate a combine signal, and applying a halo suppression on the combined signal.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===IMAGE SENSOR AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18140324. IMAGE SENSOR AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME simplified abstract|18140324]])=== | | ===IMAGE SENSOR AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18140324. IMAGE SENSOR AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME simplified abstract|18140324]])=== |
| Line 2,871: |
Line 1,169: |
| | Eunsub SHIM | | Eunsub SHIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application describes an image sensor and electronic devices that use this image sensor.
| |
| − | - The image sensor includes a shared pixel with four subpixels that share a floating diffusion (FD) region.
| |
| − | - The image sensor also includes multiple unit pixels arranged around the FD region, with deep trench isolation separating them.
| |
| − | - Each unit pixel has a first transfer transistor next to the FD region, a reset transistor in the first unit pixel, and a source follower transistor in the second unit pixel.
| |
| − | - The FD region is connected to the reset transistor's source region and the source follower transistor's gate through a metal wiring.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The present disclosure provides image sensor and electronic devices including image sensors. In some embodiments, the image sensor includes a shared pixel including four subpixels that have a 2×2 structure sharing a floating diffusion (FD) region, a plurality of unit pixels surrounding the FD region and arranged apart from one another through a deep trench isolation, a first transfer transistor disposed adjacent to the FD region in each of the plurality of unit pixels, a reset transistor provided in a first unit pixel of the plurality of unit pixels and disposed at an outer portion of the shared pixel, and a source follower transistor provided in a second unit pixel and disposed at the outer portion of the shared pixel. The FD region is coupled, through a metal wiring, to a source region of the reset transistor and a gate of the source follower transistor.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===IMAGE SENSOR, IMAGE SENSING SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME, AND METHOD FOR SENSING AN IMAGE ([[US Patent Application 18224611. IMAGE SENSOR, IMAGE SENSING SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME, AND METHOD FOR SENSING AN IMAGE simplified abstract|18224611]])=== | | ===IMAGE SENSOR, IMAGE SENSING SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME, AND METHOD FOR SENSING AN IMAGE ([[US Patent Application 18224611. IMAGE SENSOR, IMAGE SENSING SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME, AND METHOD FOR SENSING AN IMAGE simplified abstract|18224611]])=== |
| Line 2,889: |
Line 1,177: |
| | Kyoung Hwan MOON | | Kyoung Hwan MOON |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an image sensor with a specific pixel pattern.
| |
| − | * The pixel area is divided into halves using different division patterns.
| |
| − | * Photodiodes are arranged in the divided pixel area.
| |
| − | * The division patterns include horizontal, vertical, and diagonal divisions.
| |
| − | * There are a total of eight photodiodes in each pixel area.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An image sensor includes a pixel defining pattern in a mesh form, wherein a first division pattern divides a pixel area into two halves, a second division pattern divides the pixel area into two halves, a first diagonal division pattern divides the pixel area into two halves, a second diagonal division pattern divides the pixel area into two halves, and first through eighth photodiodes are arranged in the pixel area so divided.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===IMAGE SENSOR CONTROLLING A CONVERSION GAIN, IMAGING DEVICE HAVING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18221921. IMAGE SENSOR CONTROLLING A CONVERSION GAIN, IMAGING DEVICE HAVING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME simplified abstract|18221921]])=== | | ===IMAGE SENSOR CONTROLLING A CONVERSION GAIN, IMAGING DEVICE HAVING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18221921. IMAGE SENSOR CONTROLLING A CONVERSION GAIN, IMAGING DEVICE HAVING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME simplified abstract|18221921]])=== |
| Line 2,907: |
Line 1,185: |
| | Jungbin YUN | | Jungbin YUN |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an image sensor with two pixels connected to a column line.
| |
| − | * Each pixel consists of a photodiode, two floating diffusion regions, and several transistors.
| |
| − | * The transistors are connected in a specific configuration to control the flow of charge in the pixel.
| |
| − | * The second floating diffusion region of the first pixel and the second floating diffusion region of the second pixel are directly connected without any additional transistor in between.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An image sensor includes: a first pixel connected to a column line; and a second pixel connected to the column line. Each of the first pixel and the second pixel includes: one photodiode; a first floating diffusion region; a second floating diffusion region; one first transistor connected between the one photodiode and the first floating diffusion region; a second transistor connected between the first floating diffusion region and the second floating diffusion region; a third transistor connected to the second floating diffusion region; a fourth transistor including a gate connected to the first floating diffusion region; and a fifth transistor including a drain connected to a source of the fourth transistor and a source connected to the column line. The second floating diffusion region of the first pixel and the second floating diffusion region of the second pixel are electrically connected without an intermediate transistor.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===AUTOMATIC SPATIAL CALIBRATION FOR A LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM USING ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND NEARFIELD RESPONSE ([[US Patent Application 18195879. AUTOMATIC SPATIAL CALIBRATION FOR A LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM USING ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND NEARFIELD RESPONSE simplified abstract|18195879]])=== | | ===AUTOMATIC SPATIAL CALIBRATION FOR A LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM USING ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND NEARFIELD RESPONSE ([[US Patent Application 18195879. AUTOMATIC SPATIAL CALIBRATION FOR A LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM USING ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND NEARFIELD RESPONSE simplified abstract|18195879]])=== |
| Line 2,924: |
Line 1,193: |
| | Adrian Celestinos Arroyo | | Adrian Celestinos Arroyo |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method for automatically calibrating the spatial positioning of loudspeakers in a listening area.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method uses a machine learning model to estimate the distances between the loudspeakers and the listening area.
| |
| − | * It also estimates the propagation delays from the loudspeakers to the listening area.
| |
| − | * Based on these estimates, the method further calculates the incidence angles of the loudspeakers relative to the listening area.
| |
| − | * Spatial perception correction is then applied to the audio reproduced by the loudspeakers.
| |
| − | * The correction includes delay and gain compensation to address any misplacement of the loudspeakers relative to the listening area.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | One embodiment provides a method of automatic spatial calibration. The method comprises estimating one or more distances from one or more loudspeakers to a listening area based on a machine learning model and one or more propagation delays from the one or more loudspeakers to the listening area. The method further comprises estimating one or more incidence angles of the one or more loudspeakers relative to the listening area based on the one or more propagation delays. The method further comprises applying spatial perception correction to audio reproduced by the one or more loudspeakers based on the one or more distances and the one or more incidence angles. The spatial perception correction comprises delay and gain compensation that corrects misplacement of any of the one or more loudspeakers relative to the listening area.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MBS SWITCHING AND CONTINUITY IN 5G WIRELESS NETWORK ([[US Patent Application 18352895. METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MBS SWITCHING AND CONTINUITY IN 5G WIRELESS NETWORK simplified abstract|18352895]])=== | | ===METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MBS SWITCHING AND CONTINUITY IN 5G WIRELESS NETWORK ([[US Patent Application 18352895. METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MBS SWITCHING AND CONTINUITY IN 5G WIRELESS NETWORK simplified abstract|18352895]])=== |
| Line 2,944: |
Line 1,201: |
| | Vinay Kumar SHRIVASTAVA | | Vinay Kumar SHRIVASTAVA |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | This patent application describes a method for managing multimedia broadcast services (MBS) in a 5G wireless network. The method involves establishing a session between a gNodeB (base station) and a user equipment (UE). During this session, the gNodeB provides MBS to the UE.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method includes detecting when the MBS is going to be suspended or deactivated.
| |
| − | * The gNodeB sends an indication to the UE before suspending or deactivating the MBS.
| |
| − | * This allows the UE to be aware of the upcoming suspension or deactivation of the MBS.
| |
| − | * The purpose of this method is to ensure continuity and smooth switching of MBS in the 5G network.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Embodiments herein disclose a method for MBS switching and continuity in a 5G wireless network. The method includes establishing, by a gNodeB, a MBS session with a UE. Further, the method includes providing, by the gNodeB, MBS to the UE during the MBS session. Further, the method includes detecting, by the gNodeB, that the at least one MBS is going to get suspended or deactivated. Further, the method includes sending, by the gNodeB, an indication to the UE indicating the at least one MBS going to get suspended or deactivated prior to suspension or deactivation of the at least one MBS at the UE.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING EEC FOR SERVICE PROVISIONING AND EAS DISCOVERY ([[US Patent Application 18245996. SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING EEC FOR SERVICE PROVISIONING AND EAS DISCOVERY simplified abstract|18245996]])=== | | ===SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING EEC FOR SERVICE PROVISIONING AND EAS DISCOVERY ([[US Patent Application 18245996. SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING EEC FOR SERVICE PROVISIONING AND EAS DISCOVERY simplified abstract|18245996]])=== |
| Line 2,963: |
Line 1,209: |
| | Nishant GUPTA | | Nishant GUPTA |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a method for configuring an Edge Enabler Client in a communication system to support higher data rates beyond 4G.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method involves sending a service request from the Edge Enabler Client in a user equipment (UE) to an edge server.
| |
| − | * The edge server can be an Edge Configuration Server or an Edge Enabler Server.
| |
| − | * The edge server determines if the service request includes specific information about the UE, such as information about an application client available in the UE.
| |
| − | * If the UE specific information is not present in the request, the edge server rejects the request with a rejection cause.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The present disclosure relates to a pre-5th generation (5G) or 5G communication system to be provided for supporting higher data rates beyond 4th generation (4G) communication system such as long term evolution (LTE). The embodiments disclose a method for configuring an Edge Enabler Client for service provisioning and Edge Application Server discovery by a UE, the method comprising: sending, by the Edge Enabler Client in the UE, a service request to an edge server, wherein the edge server is one of an Edge Configuration Server and an Edge Enabler Server; determining by the edge server, whether a UE specific information is present in the service request, the UE specific information comprises information of at least one application client available in the UE; and rejecting by the edge server, the received request with a rejection cause in response to determining that the UE specific information is not present in the request.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND DEVICE FOR NETWORK EXPOSURE FOR GROUP ([[US Patent Application 18311804. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR NETWORK EXPOSURE FOR GROUP simplified abstract|18311804]])=== | | ===METHOD AND DEVICE FOR NETWORK EXPOSURE FOR GROUP ([[US Patent Application 18311804. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR NETWORK EXPOSURE FOR GROUP simplified abstract|18311804]])=== |
| Line 2,982: |
Line 1,217: |
| | Sangjun MOON | | Sangjun MOON |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application is related to a communication system (5G or 6G) that supports higher data transmission rates.
| |
| − | - The method described in the patent application involves operating a Network Exposure Function (NEF) in a wireless communication system.
| |
| − | - The NEF receives a request message from an Application Function (AF) that includes an external group ID and an aggregation condition used outside the network.
| |
| − | - The external group ID is converted into an internal group ID used inside the network.
| |
| − | - Aggregation is performed on a response or reporting based on the aggregation condition and the internal group ID.
| |
| − | - A response message corresponding to the request message is then transmitted back to the AF.
| |
| − | - The aggregation condition includes a first condition for data transmission and a second condition for an event.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The present disclosure relates to a 5G or 6G communication system for supporting a higher data transmission rate. According to an embodiment, a method for operating an NEF in a wireless communication system comprises receiving a request message including an external group ID and an aggregation condition used outside a network, from an AF, converting the external group ID into an internal group ID used inside the network, performing aggregation on a response or reporting based on the aggregation condition and the internal group ID, and transmitting a response message corresponding to the request message to the AF. The aggregation condition may include a first condition for data transmission and a second condition for an event.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING URSP OF VPLMN IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING ROAMING ([[US Patent Application 18309517. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING URSP OF VPLMN IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING ROAMING simplified abstract|18309517]])=== | | ===METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING URSP OF VPLMN IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING ROAMING ([[US Patent Application 18309517. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING URSP OF VPLMN IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING ROAMING simplified abstract|18309517]])=== |
| Line 3,002: |
Line 1,225: |
| | Jicheol LEE | | Jicheol LEE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a communication system for 5G or 6G networks that supports higher data transmission rates. The system involves a method performed by an AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function) of a VPLMN (Visited Public Land Mobile Network) in a wireless communication system that supports roaming.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The AMF receives subscription information of a user equipment (UE) from a user data management (UDM) in the home public land mobile network (HPLMN) of the UE.
| |
| − | * The AMF transmits first information associated with the generation of a VPLMN UE route selection policy (URSP) to a first policy control function (PCF) of the VPLMN.
| |
| − | * The first information is based on the subscription information received from the UDM.
| |
| − | * The VPLMN UE route selection policy (URSP) helps determine the route for the UE in the visited network.
| |
| − | * The method enables efficient management of user equipment roaming in a wireless communication system.
| |
| − | * The system supports higher data transmission rates, which can enhance the overall performance and user experience in the network.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The disclosure relates to a 5G or 6G communication system for supporting a higher data transmission rate. According to an embodiment of the disclosure, a method performed by an AMF of a VPLMN in a wireless communication system supporting roaming comprises receiving, by the AMF, subscription information of a user equipment (UE) from a user data management (UDM) in a home public land mobile network (HPLMN) of the UE, and transmitting, to a first policy control function (PCF) of the VPLMN, first information associated with generation of a VPLMN UE route selection policy (URSP) based on the subscription information.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSFERRING NETWORK INFORMATION TO AI/ML APPLICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18312424. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSFERRING NETWORK INFORMATION TO AI/ML APPLICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18312424]])=== | | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSFERRING NETWORK INFORMATION TO AI/ML APPLICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18312424. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSFERRING NETWORK INFORMATION TO AI/ML APPLICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18312424]])=== |
| Line 3,023: |
Line 1,233: |
| | Jungshin PARK | | Jungshin PARK |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a 6G communication system that aims to achieve high data transmission rates and extremely low latency times.
| |
| − | * The system focuses on applications related to artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML).
| |
| − | * The method involves a terminal transmitting an identifier for the application and a list of network state parameters to an access and mobility management function (AMF).
| |
| − | * The terminal then receives authentication information and address information from the AMF.
| |
| − | * Based on this information, the terminal transmits a request for network state information or network state analysis information to a first network entity.
| |
| − | * The terminal receives the requested network state information or analysis information from the first network entity.
| |
| − | * Finally, the terminal selects an AI or ML model based on the received network state information or analysis information.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Disclosed is a 6G communication system for achieving a high data transmission rate and a super-low latency time after 4G and 5G communication systems. A method performed by a terminal in a wireless communication system comprises steps of transmitting, to an access and mobility management function (AMF), an identifier for an application and network state parameter list for the application, wherein the application is an artificial intelligence (AI) application or a machine learning (ML) application; receiving, from the AMF, authentication information for a network state information request or a network state analysis information request and address information on a first network entity collecting network state information; transmitting, to the first network entity based on the address information, the network state information request or the network state analysis information request based on the authentication information; receiving, from the first network entity, network state information corresponding to the network state information request or network state analysis information corresponding to the network state analysis information request; and selecting, an AI or ML model based on at least one of the network state information or the network state analysis information.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MITIGATING DENIAL OF SERVICE (DOS) ATTACK IN A WIRELESS NETWORK ([[US Patent Application 18353752. METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MITIGATING DENIAL OF SERVICE (DOS) ATTACK IN A WIRELESS NETWORK simplified abstract|18353752]])=== | | ===METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MITIGATING DENIAL OF SERVICE (DOS) ATTACK IN A WIRELESS NETWORK ([[US Patent Application 18353752. METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MITIGATING DENIAL OF SERVICE (DOS) ATTACK IN A WIRELESS NETWORK simplified abstract|18353752]])=== |
| Line 3,043: |
Line 1,241: |
| | Narendranath Durga TANGUDU | | Narendranath Durga TANGUDU |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | This patent application is about a method and system for mitigating Denial of Service (DOS) attacks in wireless networks, specifically in the context of pre-5G or 5G communication systems. The innovation involves performing admission control by verifying a User Equipment's (UE's) registration request via a Closed Access Group (CAG) cell without performing a primary authentication. Here are the key points:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The patent application focuses on supporting higher data rates in wireless networks beyond the existing 4G communication systems like Long Term Evolution (LTE).
| |
| − | * The innovation aims to mitigate Denial of Service (DOS) attacks, which are malicious attempts to disrupt the normal functioning of a network.
| |
| − | * The method involves verifying a UE's registration request through a Closed Access Group (CAG) cell without performing a primary authentication.
| |
| − | * By verifying the permissions of the UE to access a non-public network (NPN) through the CAG cell based on the UE's Subscription identifier, the system can prevent unauthorized access attempts.
| |
| − | * The method includes requesting a public land mobile network for accessing the requested NPN through the CAG cell and performing a primary authentication after verifying the permissions.
| |
| − | * This approach helps in reducing the impact of DOS attacks by adding an additional layer of security and control before performing the primary authentication process.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The present disclosure relates to a pre-5-Generation (5G) or 5G communication system to be provided for supporting higher data rates Beyond 4-Generation (4G) communication system such as Long Term Evolution. Methods and systems for mitigating Denial of Service (DOS) attacks in wireless networks, by performing admission control by verifying a User Equipment's (UE's) registration request via a Closed Access Group (CAG) cell without performing a primary authentication are provided. Embodiments herein disclose methods and system for verifying permissions of the UE to access a CAG cell based on the UE's Subscription identifier, before performing the primary authentication. The method for mitigating DOS attacks in wireless networks includes requesting a public land mobile network for accessing a non-public network (NPN) through a CAG cell, verifying the permissions of a UE to access the requested NPN through the CAG cell, and performing a primary authentication.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===MOBILITY ROBUSTNESS USING JOINT PHASE-TIME ARRAYS ([[US Patent Application 18306066. MOBILITY ROBUSTNESS USING JOINT PHASE-TIME ARRAYS simplified abstract|18306066]])=== | | ===MOBILITY ROBUSTNESS USING JOINT PHASE-TIME ARRAYS ([[US Patent Application 18306066. MOBILITY ROBUSTNESS USING JOINT PHASE-TIME ARRAYS simplified abstract|18306066]])=== |
| Line 3,064: |
Line 1,249: |
| | Jianhua Mo | | Jianhua Mo |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes methods and apparatuses for improving the robustness of mobility in wireless communication systems using joint phase-time arrays (JTPAs).
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method involves determining a subset of beams for transmitting physical downlink shared control channels (PDSCHs) based on a wide-beam alignment procedure.
| |
| − | * A physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) is transmitted to indicate the subset of beams selected.
| |
| − | * The PDSCHs are then transmitted on the subset of beams using JPTA beamforming.
| |
| − | * The same data is included in each of the PDSCHs, ensuring consistency in the transmitted information.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | Key Points:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The patent application focuses on enhancing mobility robustness in wireless communication systems.
| |
| − | * It introduces the use of joint phase-time arrays (JTPAs) for beamforming.
| |
| − | * A wide-beam alignment procedure is employed to determine the optimal subset of beams for transmission.
| |
| − | * The physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) is used to indicate the selected beams.
| |
| − | * The same data is transmitted on each of the selected beams to maintain consistency.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Methods and apparatuses for mobility robustness with joint phase-time arrays (JTPAs). A method for operating a base station (BS), includes determining, based on a wide-beam (WB) alignment procedure, a subset of beams for transmission of physical downlink shared control channels (PDSCHs). The method further includes transmitting a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) indicating the subset of beams and transmitting the PDSCHs on the subset of beams, respectively, using a JPTA beamforming. The same data is included in each of the PDSCHs.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR GENERATING REPRESENTATIVE DATA FOR TRAINING BASE STATION MODEL ([[US Patent Application 18143337. ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR GENERATING REPRESENTATIVE DATA FOR TRAINING BASE STATION MODEL simplified abstract|18143337]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR GENERATING REPRESENTATIVE DATA FOR TRAINING BASE STATION MODEL ([[US Patent Application 18143337. ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR GENERATING REPRESENTATIVE DATA FOR TRAINING BASE STATION MODEL simplified abstract|18143337]])=== |
| Line 3,091: |
Line 1,257: |
| | Minsuk CHOI | | Minsuk CHOI |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device with memory, a transceiver, and a processor that can perform various operations on base station data.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The base station data is divided into smaller pieces based on a first time unit.
| |
| − | * The smaller pieces of base station data are combined to generate first data for the first time unit.
| |
| − | * The first data is further divided into multiple second time intervals based on a second time interval unit.
| |
| − | * Probability density functions are calculated for each second time interval.
| |
| − | * First representative data is generated using the probability density functions.
| |
| − | * The base station model is trained based on the first representative data.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device includes a memory storing instructions, a transceiver configured to receive base station data, and at least one processor configured to execute the instructions to: divide the base station data into a plurality of pieces of base station data according to a first time unit; generate first data of the first time unit by superimposing the plurality of pieces of base station data on each other; divide the first data of the first time unit into a plurality of second time intervals, according to a second time interval unit; calculate at least one probability density function for each second time interval of the plurality of second time intervals; generate at least one first representative data by using respective probability density functions of the plurality of second time intervals; and train the base station model, based on the at least one first representative data.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR BUILDING DIGITAL TWIN BASED ON DATA OF BASE STATION IN COMMERCIAL NETWOR ([[US Patent Application 18143437. METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR BUILDING DIGITAL TWIN BASED ON DATA OF BASE STATION IN COMMERCIAL NETWOR simplified abstract|18143437]])=== | | ===METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR BUILDING DIGITAL TWIN BASED ON DATA OF BASE STATION IN COMMERCIAL NETWOR ([[US Patent Application 18143437. METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR BUILDING DIGITAL TWIN BASED ON DATA OF BASE STATION IN COMMERCIAL NETWOR simplified abstract|18143437]])=== |
| Line 3,112: |
Line 1,265: |
| | Yujin NAM | | Yujin NAM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device with a memory, transceiver, and processor.
| |
| − | * The device receives base station data and divides it into smaller pieces according to a first time unit.
| |
| − | * It then combines these pieces to generate first data for the first time unit.
| |
| − | * The first data is further divided into smaller time intervals according to a second time interval unit.
| |
| − | * The device calculates probability density functions for each of these time intervals.
| |
| − | * It generates representative data using these probability density functions.
| |
| − | * Finally, the device uses the representative data to train a base station model.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device includes a memory storing instructions, a transceiver configured to receive base station data, and at least one processor configured to execute the instructions to: divide the base station data into a plurality of pieces of base station data according to a first time unit; generate first data of the first time unit by superimposing the plurality of pieces of base station data on each other; divide the first data of the first time unit into a plurality of second time intervals, according to a second time interval unit; calculate at least one probability density function for each second time interval of the plurality of second time intervals; generate at least one first representative data by using respective probability density functions of the plurality of second time intervals; and train the base station model, based on the at least one first representative data.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS TO OPTIMIZE NON-PUBLIC NETWORK (NPN) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18311774. METHOD AND APPARATUS TO OPTIMIZE NON-PUBLIC NETWORK (NPN) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18311774]])=== | | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS TO OPTIMIZE NON-PUBLIC NETWORK (NPN) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18311774. METHOD AND APPARATUS TO OPTIMIZE NON-PUBLIC NETWORK (NPN) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18311774]])=== |
| Line 3,132: |
Line 1,273: |
| | Sangbum KIM | | Sangbum KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | This patent application is about a communication system that supports a higher data transmission rate, specifically for 5G or 6G networks. The method described in the patent involves a user equipment (UE) performing a logged MDT (Minimization of Drive Tests) based on configuration information received. The UE then checks if the selected or registered identity matches with a list provided in the configuration information. If there is a match, the UE transmits an availability indicator to the base station (BS) indicating that the result of the logged MDT is stored in the UE. The UE then receives a UE information request message from the BS and responds with a UE information response message that includes the result of the logged MDT for the selected identity.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The patent application is for a method performed by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system.
| |
| − | * The method involves performing a logged MDT based on received configuration information.
| |
| − | * The UE checks if the selected or registered identity matches with a list provided in the configuration information.
| |
| − | * If there is a match, the UE transmits an availability indicator to the base station (BS) indicating that the result of the logged MDT is stored in the UE.
| |
| − | * The UE then receives a UE information request message from the BS.
| |
| − | * The UE responds to the request message by transmitting a UE information response message that includes the result of the logged MDT for the selected identity.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The disclosure relates to a 5G or 6G communication system for supporting a higher data transmission rate. A method performed by a UE in a wireless communication system, the method includes receiving logged MDT configuration information including a list of at least one NPN identity, performing logged MDT for a SNPN based on the logged MDT configuration information, identifying whether an identity of the SNPN selected or registered by the UE matches with the list, transmitting, to a BS, an availability indicator indicating a result of the logged MDT is stored in the UE, in case that the identity of the SNPN selected or registered by the UE matches with the list, receiving, from the BS, a UE information request message, and transmitting, to the BS, a UE information response message including the result of the logged MDT for the SNPN as a response to the UE information request message.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CSI REPORTING IN MULTI-TRP SCENARIOS ([[US Patent Application 18305241. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CSI REPORTING IN MULTI-TRP SCENARIOS simplified abstract|18305241]])=== | | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CSI REPORTING IN MULTI-TRP SCENARIOS ([[US Patent Application 18305241. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CSI REPORTING IN MULTI-TRP SCENARIOS simplified abstract|18305241]])=== |
| Line 3,153: |
Line 1,281: |
| | Gilwon Lee | | Gilwon Lee |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes apparatuses and methods for reporting channel state information (CSI) in wireless networks with multiple transmission reception points (TRPs).
| |
| − | * The method involves a user equipment (UE) receiving information about a CSI report, which includes NCSI reference signal (CSI-RS) resources.
| |
| − | * The UE then measures the NCSI-RS resources and determines the CSI report associated with N≤NCSI-RS resources.
| |
| − | * The CSI report includes a strongest coefficient indicator (SCI) for each layer, indicating the index of the strongest coefficient among K coefficients.
| |
| − | * The method also involves transmitting the CSI report.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | Bullet points:
| |
| − | * Patent application for CSI reporting in multi-TRP operations in wireless networks.
| |
| − | * User equipment (UE) receives information about a CSI report with NCSI-RS resources.
| |
| − | * UE measures NCSI-RS resources and determines the CSI report associated with N≤NCSI-RS resources.
| |
| − | * CSI report includes strongest coefficient indicator (SCI) for each layer.
| |
| − | * SCI indicates index of strongest coefficient among K coefficients.
| |
| − | * Method involves transmitting the CSI report.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Apparatuses and methods for channel state information (CSI) reporting in multi-transmission reception point (TRP) operations in wireless networks. A method performed by a user equipment (UE) includes receiving information about a CSI report. The information indicates NCSI reference signal (CSI-RS) resources, where N>1. The method further includes, based on the information, measuring the NCSI-RS resources and determining the CSI report associated with N≤NCSI-RS resources, where N∈{1, 2, . . . , N}. The CSI report includes a strongest coefficient indicator (SCI) for each layer l (SCI). The SCIindicates an index of a strongest coefficient among Kcoefficients. l∈{1, . . . , ν} is a layer index, ν≥1 is a rank value, and Kis a total number of non-zero coefficients for a layer l associated with CSI-RS ports corresponding to the N CSI-RS resources. The method further includes transmitting the CSI report.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION OF ACCESS POINT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18223388. ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION OF ACCESS POINT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18223388]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION OF ACCESS POINT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18223388. ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION OF ACCESS POINT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18223388]])=== |
| Line 3,179: |
Line 1,289: |
| | Hyejung BANG | | Hyejung BANG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application describes an electronic device, method, and computer-readable medium for providing information about an access point in a wireless communication system.
| |
| − | - The method involves providing a tethering service to an external electronic device in a mobile hotspot mode.
| |
| − | - The method further includes searching for access points capable of replacing the tethering service while still providing it.
| |
| − | - Once the access points capable of replacing the tethering service are detected, the method involves transmitting configuration information about these access points to the external electronic device.
| |
| − | - The purpose of this innovation is to simplify the process of connecting to an access point in a wireless communication system, particularly when switching from a tethering service to an access point.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Disclosed are an electronic device, a method, and a non-transitory computer-readable medium for providing information of an access point in a wireless communication system. the method may include providing a tethering service to an external electronic device in a mobile hotspot mode; searching for at least one access point (AP) capable of replacing the tethering service for the external electronic device, wherein the at least one AP is capable of replacing the tethering service while providing the tethering service; and based on detecting the at least one AP capable of replacing the tethering service, transmitting configuration information about the at least one AP to connect to the at least one AP to the external electronic device.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING MACHINE LEARNING MODEL BASED ON NETWORK CONGESTION INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18309297. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING MACHINE LEARNING MODEL BASED ON NETWORK CONGESTION INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18309297]])=== | | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING MACHINE LEARNING MODEL BASED ON NETWORK CONGESTION INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18309297. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING MACHINE LEARNING MODEL BASED ON NETWORK CONGESTION INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18309297]])=== |
| Line 3,197: |
Line 1,297: |
| | Jungshin PARK | | Jungshin PARK |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a method performed by a node in a wireless communication system.
| |
| − | * The method involves receiving a registration request from a terminal and transmitting a registration response message to the terminal.
| |
| − | * The registration response message includes information on whether network analysis of the terminal is acceptable.
| |
| − | * The method also includes transmitting a message to a network data collection and analysis function (NWDAF) node, requesting information on the network analysis based on the registration request.
| |
| − | * Information on the network analysis is received from the NWDAF node.
| |
| − | * Based on the information, the method involves identifying information about network congestion of the terminal.
| |
| − | * Finally, a second control message is transmitted to the terminal, including information about the network congestion.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A method performed by an access and mobility management function (AMF) node in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes receiving a first control message including information on a registration request from a terminal, transmitting, to the terminal, a registration response message including information on whether network analysis of the terminal is acceptable, transmitting a message requesting information on the network analysis based on the first control message to a network data collection and analysis function (NWDAF) node, receiving information on the network analysis from the NWDAF node, identifying information about network congestion of the terminal based on the information on the network analysis, and transmitting a second control message including information about the network congestion to the terminal.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===NETWORK NODE AND METHOD PERFORMED BY NETWORK NODE ([[US Patent Application 18185043. NETWORK NODE AND METHOD PERFORMED BY NETWORK NODE simplified abstract|18185043]])=== | | ===NETWORK NODE AND METHOD PERFORMED BY NETWORK NODE ([[US Patent Application 18185043. NETWORK NODE AND METHOD PERFORMED BY NETWORK NODE simplified abstract|18185043]])=== |
| Line 3,217: |
Line 1,305: |
| | Shoufeng WANG | | Shoufeng WANG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a network node and a method for optimizing the use of an unlicensed band in wireless communication.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method involves obtaining prediction information about the availability of the unlicensed band based on historical data.
| |
| − | * Transmission resources in the unlicensed band are selected based on the prediction information.
| |
| − | * The method determines the number of data packets that can be allocated to the transmission resources based on the prediction information.
| |
| − | * Finally, the data packets are transmitted on the selected transmission resources according to the determined number of packets.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A network node and a method performed by the network node are provided. According to an embodiment, a method performed by a network node is provided. The method comprises obtaining prediction information on an availability of an unlicensed band based on historical data of the unlicensed band. The method comprises selecting transmission resources of the unlicensed band based on the prediction information. The method comprises determining a number of data packets capable of being allocated to the transmission resources based on the prediction information. The method comprises transmitting the data packets on the transmission resources according to the determined number of data packets capable of being allocated to the transmission resources.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING E2 MESSAGE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18349595. APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING E2 MESSAGE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18349595]])=== | | ===APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING E2 MESSAGE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18349595. APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING E2 MESSAGE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18349595]])=== |
| Line 3,236: |
Line 1,313: |
| | Junhyuk SONG | | Junhyuk SONG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a communication system that supports a higher data transmission rate than previous systems like LTE.
| |
| − | * The system includes an apparatus called an E2 node, which has a transceiver and a processor.
| |
| − | * The processor is configured to send two indication messages to a radio access network (RAN) intelligent controller (RIC) through an E2 interface.
| |
| − | * The first indication message contains a measurement container, which includes measurement information and label information about a specific category of measurement.
| |
| − | * The second indication message includes a reference indicator, which can indicate whether to use the measurement information or label information from the first indication message.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The disclosure relates to a 5 generation (5G) or pre-5G communication system for supporting a data transmission rate higher than 4 generation (4G) communication systems such as long term evolution (LTE). An apparatus of an E2 node is provided. The apparatus includes at least one transceiver and at least one processor, wherein the at least one processor is configured to transmit a first indication message to a radio access network (RAN) intelligent controller (RIC) through an E2 interface and transmit a second indication message to the RIC through the E2 interface, wherein the first indication message includes a measurement container, the measurement container includes measurement information and label information about a category related to measurement, the second indication message includes a reference indicator, and the reference indicator may indicate to use the measurement information or label information of the first indication message.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CHANGING SERVING ENTITY ([[US Patent Application 18040798. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CHANGING SERVING ENTITY simplified abstract|18040798]])=== | | ===METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CHANGING SERVING ENTITY ([[US Patent Application 18040798. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CHANGING SERVING ENTITY simplified abstract|18040798]])=== |
| Line 3,254: |
Line 1,321: |
| | Lisi LI | | Lisi LI |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method for changing a serving entity.
| |
| − | * The method involves a first entity sending a first message to a second entity.
| |
| − | * The first entity then receives a second message from the second entity.
| |
| − | * Finally, the first entity sends a third message to UE (User Equipment).
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The invention provides a method for changing a serving entity, which comprises the following steps: sending, by a first entity, a first message to a second entity; receiving, by the first entity, a second message from the second entity; and sending, by a first entity, a third message to UE.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS TO OPTIMIZE CONDITIONAL PSCELL ADDITION AND CHANGE (CPAC) IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18313707. METHOD AND APPARATUS TO OPTIMIZE CONDITIONAL PSCELL ADDITION AND CHANGE (CPAC) IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18313707]])=== | | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS TO OPTIMIZE CONDITIONAL PSCELL ADDITION AND CHANGE (CPAC) IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18313707. METHOD AND APPARATUS TO OPTIMIZE CONDITIONAL PSCELL ADDITION AND CHANGE (CPAC) IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18313707]])=== |
| Line 3,271: |
Line 1,329: |
| | Sangbum KIM | | Sangbum KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application is about a communication system that supports higher data rates in 5G or 6G networks.
| |
| − | * The patent describes a method for optimizing the addition or change of primary secondary cells (PSCells) in the communication system.
| |
| − | * The method includes reporting information about successfully completed PSCell addition or change, as well as information about any failures in the process.
| |
| − | * The invention aims to improve the efficiency and reliability of adding or changing PSCells in the communication system.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The disclosure relates to a fifth generation (5G) or sixth generation (6G) communication system for supporting higher data rates. A method for optimizing conditional primary secondary cell (PSCell) addition/change (CPAC) in a communication system and an apparatus capable of performing the same are provided. The method includes a method for reporting successfully completed (C)PAC-related information and CPAC failure-related information.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR CONTROLLING MOBILITY DURING CONDITIONAL HANDOVER IN WIRELESS NETWORK ([[US Patent Application 18181045. METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR CONTROLLING MOBILITY DURING CONDITIONAL HANDOVER IN WIRELESS NETWORK simplified abstract|18181045]])=== | | ===METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR CONTROLLING MOBILITY DURING CONDITIONAL HANDOVER IN WIRELESS NETWORK ([[US Patent Application 18181045. METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR CONTROLLING MOBILITY DURING CONDITIONAL HANDOVER IN WIRELESS NETWORK simplified abstract|18181045]])=== |
| Line 3,288: |
Line 1,337: |
| | Kailash Kumar NISHANT | | Kailash Kumar NISHANT |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method for controlling the movement of a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless network during a conditional handover.
| |
| − | * Conditional handover refers to the process of transferring a UE from one cell to another in a wireless network based on certain conditions.
| |
| − | * The method involves receiving a configuration for the conditional handover from the current cell in the network.
| |
| − | * The UE initiates a data transmission using a specific type of network slice called RAN slice with the current cell.
| |
| − | * The method detects multiple neighboring cells that meet the conditions specified in the handover configuration.
| |
| − | * It determines whether a specific neighboring cell supports the same type of RAN slice used by the current cell.
| |
| − | * If the neighboring cell supports the RAN slice, a handover request is executed to transfer the data transmission to the neighboring cell using the same RAN slice.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A method for controlling mobility of a User Equipment (UE) during conditional handover in a wireless network is provided. The method includes receiving a CHO configuration from a first cell in the wireless network. The method includes initiating a data 5 transmission using a RAN slice(s) with the first cell. The method includes detects a plurality of candidate neighbor cells of the first cell satisfying the CHO configuration. The method includes determines whether a second cell supports the RAN slice(s) from the plurality of the candidate neighbor cells. The method includes 10 executing a CHO request to the second cell to continue the data transmission over the one RAN slice(s).
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND DEVICE FOR NETWORK HANDOVER, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR PERFORMING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18295200. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR NETWORK HANDOVER, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR PERFORMING THE SAME simplified abstract|18295200]])=== | | ===METHOD AND DEVICE FOR NETWORK HANDOVER, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR PERFORMING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18295200. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR NETWORK HANDOVER, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR PERFORMING THE SAME simplified abstract|18295200]])=== |
| Line 3,308: |
Line 1,345: |
| | YAJUN Zhi | | YAJUN Zhi |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method for network handover, which involves switching from one network to another.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method involves gathering information about the current network and the user's network preferences.
| |
| − | * It then determines if the current network meets the user's preferences and if it is suitable based on its status.
| |
| − | * Based on the determination, the method generates a network handover indication, which suggests whether the user should switch to a different network.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A method for network handover includes acquiring status information of a current network and network preference information. It is determined whether the current network satisfies the acquired network preference information and the acquired status information. A network handover indication related to the current network is generated according to a result of the determination.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERACTION BETWEEN AN EDGE COMPUTING SYSTEM AND A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK FOR PROVIDING EDGE COMPUTING SERVICE ([[US Patent Application 18355687. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERACTION BETWEEN AN EDGE COMPUTING SYSTEM AND A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK FOR PROVIDING EDGE COMPUTING SERVICE simplified abstract|18355687]])=== | | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERACTION BETWEEN AN EDGE COMPUTING SYSTEM AND A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK FOR PROVIDING EDGE COMPUTING SERVICE ([[US Patent Application 18355687. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERACTION BETWEEN AN EDGE COMPUTING SYSTEM AND A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK FOR PROVIDING EDGE COMPUTING SERVICE simplified abstract|18355687]])=== |
| Line 3,326: |
Line 1,353: |
| | Hyesung KIM | | Hyesung KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a method in a mobile edge computing system for controlling the relocation of an application context in a 5G or pre-5G communication system.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method involves subscribing to a user plane path change event at an edge application server (EAS).
| |
| − | * If the user plane path change event occurs, an application context relocation (ACR) is determined based on a notification from the mobile communication network.
| |
| − | * An ACR request message is transmitted to the EAS.
| |
| − | * The EAS responds with an EAS response message.
| |
| − | * An application function (AF) acknowledgment message is transmitted to the mobile communication network in response to the EAS response message.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | The innovation in this patent application is a control method for managing the relocation of an application context in a mobile edge computing system, specifically in a 5G or pre-5G communication system. This method allows for efficient handling of user plane path changes and ensures smooth communication between the edge enabler server (EES), edge application server (EAS), and the mobile communication network.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The disclosure relates to a 5G or pre-5G communication system for supporting a higher data rate after a 4G communication system such as LTE. A method according to an embodiment of the disclosure is a control method in an edge enabler server (EES) of a mobile edge computing system, and may include subscribing to a user plane path change event at an edge application server (EAS); determining an application context relocation (ACR) based on receiving a user plane path management event notification from the mobile communication network in case of subscribing to the user plane path change event for the EAS; transmitting an ACR request message to the EAS; receiving an EAS response message from the EAS; and transmitting an application function (AF) acknowledgment message to a first node of the mobile communication network in response to receiving the EAS response message from the EAS.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR BROADCASTING ADVERTISEMENT PACKETS TOGETHER WITH COUNTERPART ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18354977. ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR BROADCASTING ADVERTISEMENT PACKETS TOGETHER WITH COUNTERPART ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18354977]])=== | | ===ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR BROADCASTING ADVERTISEMENT PACKETS TOGETHER WITH COUNTERPART ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF ([[US Patent Application 18354977. ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR BROADCASTING ADVERTISEMENT PACKETS TOGETHER WITH COUNTERPART ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF simplified abstract|18354977]])=== |
| Line 3,348: |
Line 1,361: |
| | Euibum HAN | | Euibum HAN |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device that communicates wirelessly with another device and broadcasts advertisement packets.
| |
| − | * The electronic device has a communication module, processor, and memory.
| |
| − | * The processor executes instructions stored in the memory.
| |
| − | * The device identifies a broadcast period and timing offset for advertisement packets based on device information from itself and the counterpart device.
| |
| − | * The first advertisement packet is broadcasted at regular intervals from a time point determined by the timing offset.
| |
| − | * The timing offset ensures that the first advertisement packet does not overlap with the second advertisement packet from the counterpart device.
| |
| − | * The reference broadcast time point is a synchronized time point between the two devices.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device is provided. The electronic device includes a communication module which communicates with a counterpart electronic device through a wireless link, a processor, and a memory in which instructions are stored, wherein the processor is configured to, when the instructions are executed by the processor, identify, based on first device information about the electronic device and second device information from the counterpart electronic device, a first broadcast period of a first advertisement packet and a first timing offset with respect to a reference broadcast time point, and broadcast the first advertisement packet every first transmission period from a time point according to the first timing offset from the reference broadcast time point, wherein the reference broadcast time point is a reference time point synchronized between the electronic device and the counterpart electronic device, and the first timing offset prevents a first broadcast time point of the first advertisement packet from overlapping a second broadcast time point of a second advertisement packet of the counterpart electronic device.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===IMPROVEMENTS IN AND RELATING TO NETWORK SLICE-SPECIFIC AUTHENTICATION AND AUTHORIZATION (NSSAA) ([[US Patent Application 18022027. IMPROVEMENTS IN AND RELATING TO NETWORK SLICE-SPECIFIC AUTHENTICATION AND AUTHORIZATION (NSSAA) simplified abstract|18022027]])=== | | ===IMPROVEMENTS IN AND RELATING TO NETWORK SLICE-SPECIFIC AUTHENTICATION AND AUTHORIZATION (NSSAA) ([[US Patent Application 18022027. IMPROVEMENTS IN AND RELATING TO NETWORK SLICE-SPECIFIC AUTHENTICATION AND AUTHORIZATION (NSSAA) simplified abstract|18022027]])=== |
| Line 3,368: |
Line 1,369: |
| | Mahmoud WATFA | | Mahmoud WATFA |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application is about a communication method and system that combines 5G technology with Internet of Things (IoT) technology.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method involves performing Network Slice-Specific Authentication and Authorization (NS SAA) in a telecommunication network.
| |
| − | * NS SAA is performed for at least one network slice, allowing a user to access that network slice.
| |
| − | * NS SAA is performed after a specified time period, T, has elapsed.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The present disclosure relates to a communication method and system for converging a 5th-Generation (5G) communication system for supporting higher data rates beyond a 4th-Generation (4G) system with a technology for Internet of Things (IoT). Disclosed is a method of performing Network Slice-Specific Authentication and Authorization, NS SAA, in a telecommunication network, for at least one network slice, such that a given user is able to access the at least one network slice, S-NSSAI, comprising the step of performing NSSAA after a specified time period, T, has elapsed.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING NETWORK SLICE PRIORITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18311817. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING NETWORK SLICE PRIORITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18311817]])=== | | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING NETWORK SLICE PRIORITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18311817. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING NETWORK SLICE PRIORITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18311817]])=== |
| Line 3,386: |
Line 1,377: |
| | Dongeun SUH | | Dongeun SUH |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application is about a communication system that supports high data transmission rates, specifically for 5G or 6G networks.
| |
| − | * The patent suggests a method and apparatus for determining network slice priority in a wireless communication system.
| |
| − | * The method involves receiving a request for slice priority information from a second node.
| |
| − | * The slice priority information is obtained for a network slice access stratum group (NSAG).
| |
| − | * In response to the request, a second message is transmitted to the second node, which includes the slice priority information.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The disclosure relates to a 5G or 6G communication system for supporting a higher data transmission rate. The disclosure suggests a method and apparatus for determining a network slice priority in a wireless communication system according to an embodiment. The method comprises: receiving, from a second node, a first message for requesting slice priority related information; obtaining the slice priority related information for a slice priority corresponding to a network slice access stratum group (NSAG); and transmitting, to the second node, a second message including the slice priority related information in response to receiving the first message.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SERVICE-BASED JOINING OF PINE INTO PERSONAL IOT NETWORK ([[US Patent Application 18312400. SERVICE-BASED JOINING OF PINE INTO PERSONAL IOT NETWORK simplified abstract|18312400]])=== | | ===SERVICE-BASED JOINING OF PINE INTO PERSONAL IOT NETWORK ([[US Patent Application 18312400. SERVICE-BASED JOINING OF PINE INTO PERSONAL IOT NETWORK simplified abstract|18312400]])=== |
| Line 3,404: |
Line 1,385: |
| | Lalith KUMAR | | Lalith KUMAR |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application is about a communication system that supports a higher data transmission rate for 5G, 6G, or personal IoT networks.
| |
| − | * The method involves transmitting a message with information about a personal IoT network (PIN).
| |
| − | * It also includes receiving a joining request message from a personal IoT network element (PINE) that contains information about the supported service of the PINE.
| |
| − | * The system then determines whether to add the PINE to the PIN based on the supported service information.
| |
| − | * If the PINE is added to the PIN, a joining accept message is transmitted to the PINE, which includes at least one identifier (ID) of other PINEs in the PIN.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The disclosure relates to a 5G, 6G, or personal IoT network communication system for supporting a higher data transmission rate. The method of PEMC comprises: transmitting a first message comprising information related to a personal internet of things network (PIN); receiving, from a first personal internet of things network element (PINE), a first joining request message comprising information on a supported service of the first PINE; determining whether to add the first PINE in the PIN based on the information on the supported service; and transmitting, to the first PINE, a first joining accept message comprising at least one identifier (ID) of at least one PINE in the PIN based on a determination that the first PINE is added in the PIN.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATING BASED ON ACCESS POINT ([[US Patent Application 17668850. METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATING BASED ON ACCESS POINT simplified abstract|17668850]])=== | | ===METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATING BASED ON ACCESS POINT ([[US Patent Application 17668850. METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATING BASED ON ACCESS POINT simplified abstract|17668850]])=== |
| Line 3,422: |
Line 1,393: |
| | Jongmu CHOI | | Jongmu CHOI |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device that can connect to different access points (APs) using different communication methods.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The electronic device has a communication module that supports both a first and a second communication method.
| |
| − | * It can connect to a first AP from a list of APs based on the first communication method.
| |
| − | * When it receives a signal from an external electronic device using the second communication method, it obtains account information about the external device and a second AP list from the external device.
| |
| − | * The device then compares the account information from both devices to determine if there are any matching APs in the first and second AP lists.
| |
| − | * If there are matching APs, the device can perform wireless communication with the external device using the first communication method through the determined AP.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | According to various embodiments, an electronic device may include: a communication module comprising communication circuitry configured to support a first communication method and a second communication method, a memory, and a processor operatively connected to the communication module and the memory. The processor may be configured to: control the electronic device to connect to a first AP included in a first AP list based on the first communication method, receive a signal based on the second communication method transmitted from an external electronic device, obtain account information about the external electronic device and a second AP list including information about a second AP connected with the external electronic device from the external electronic device based on the second communication method upon receiving the signal, determine at least one AP, based on the first AP list and the second AP list based on account information about the electronic device and the account information about the external electronic device at least partly matching, and control the electronic device to perform wireless communication with the external electronic device based on the first communication method through the determined AP.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND A SYSTEM FOR DESIGN OF SIGNALING RADIO BEARER AND HANDLING CONTROL PLANE DATA TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION ([[US Patent Application 18312970. METHOD AND A SYSTEM FOR DESIGN OF SIGNALING RADIO BEARER AND HANDLING CONTROL PLANE DATA TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION simplified abstract|18312970]])=== | | ===METHOD AND A SYSTEM FOR DESIGN OF SIGNALING RADIO BEARER AND HANDLING CONTROL PLANE DATA TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION ([[US Patent Application 18312970. METHOD AND A SYSTEM FOR DESIGN OF SIGNALING RADIO BEARER AND HANDLING CONTROL PLANE DATA TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION simplified abstract|18312970]])=== |
| Line 3,442: |
Line 1,401: |
| | Neha Sharma | | Neha Sharma |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application describes a method for signaling radio bearer and handling control plane data transmission and reception in a 6G network architecture.
| |
| − | - The method allows for flexible and simple network function placement in the 6G network, thanks to cloudification and virtualization of network functions.
| |
| − | - The network architecture enables any network node to communicate with any other network node, whether in the RAN or core network function, providing a single anchor for the UE to exchange control signaling with the network.
| |
| − | - The method introduces a signaling radio bearer that is necessary for communication between the network and the UE in the 6G network.
| |
| − | - The patent application also defines the procedure for handling control plane messages for transmission and reception between the UE and the network entity.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | In an embodiment, a method for signaling radio bearer and handling of control plane data transmission and reception for a 6G network architecture is disclosed. The method includes a flexible and simple network function for 6G providing a degree of freedom for network function placement due to cloudification and virtualization of network functions. The method further includes a network architecture for 6G where any network node communicates with any other network node being at RAN or core network function enabling a single anchor for the UE to exchange control signaling with network. The method further enables this new network architecture for 6G with design of a signaling radio bearer which is required to communicate between network and UE. The method further defined the procedure for handling of control plane message for transmission and reception between UE and network entity.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING PRIORITY OF NETWORK SLICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18143196. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING PRIORITY OF NETWORK SLICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18143196]])=== | | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING PRIORITY OF NETWORK SLICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18143196. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING PRIORITY OF NETWORK SLICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18143196]])=== |
| Line 3,460: |
Line 1,409: |
| | Dongeun SUH | | Dongeun SUH |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application is about a communication system that supports high data transmission rates in 5G or 6G networks.
| |
| − | * The system includes an Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF) entity that performs various tasks.
| |
| − | * The AMF entity receives a registration request message from a User Equipment (UE) device, which includes a request for Network Slice Access Stratum (AS) Group (NSAG) information.
| |
| − | * The AMF entity also receives NSAG information from another entity, which includes Single-Network Slice Selection Assistance Information (S-NSSAI) priority information and mapping information between S-NSSAI and NSAG identity.
| |
| − | * The AMF entity transmits at least one of the NSAG information or NSAG Tracking Area (TA) boundary information to a Policy Control Function (PCF) entity.
| |
| − | * The AMF entity receives NSAG priority information from the PCF entity based on the NSAG information.
| |
| − | * Finally, the AMF entity transmits a registration response message to the UE, which includes at least one of the NSAG information, NSAG TA boundary information, or NSAG priority information.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The disclosure relates to a 5G or 6G communication system for supporting a higher data transmission rate. A method performed by an access and mobility management function (AMF) entity in a wireless communication system includes receiving, from a UE, a registration request message comprising a network slice access stratum (AS) group (NSAG) information request, receiving, from another entity, NSAG information including single-network slice selection assistance information (S-NSSAI) priority information and mapping information between the S-NSSAI and an NSAG identity, transmitting, to a policy control function (PCF) entity, at least one of the NSAG information or NSAG tracking area (TA) boundary information, receiving, from the PCF entity, NSAG priority information based on the NSAG information, and transmitting, to the UE, a registration response message including at least one of the NSAG information, the NSAG TA boundary information, or the NSAG priority information.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING 5GMM PARAMETERS OF STANDALONE NON-PUBLIC NETWORK AT A USER EQUIPMENT ([[US Patent Application 18311554. METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING 5GMM PARAMETERS OF STANDALONE NON-PUBLIC NETWORK AT A USER EQUIPMENT simplified abstract|18311554]])=== | | ===METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING 5GMM PARAMETERS OF STANDALONE NON-PUBLIC NETWORK AT A USER EQUIPMENT ([[US Patent Application 18311554. METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING 5GMM PARAMETERS OF STANDALONE NON-PUBLIC NETWORK AT A USER EQUIPMENT simplified abstract|18311554]])=== |
| Line 3,480: |
Line 1,417: |
| | Sivasankar COMARAVELOU | | Sivasankar COMARAVELOU |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method for managing 5G Mobility Management (5GMM) parameters in a Standalone Non Public Network (SNPN) at a User Equipment (UE).
| |
| − | * The method involves selecting an SNPN identifier (SNPN ID) from a list of SNPN IDs.
| |
| − | * It checks if the list includes a valid Subscriber Permanent Identifier (SUPI) for the selected SNPN ID.
| |
| − | * If the list does not have a valid SUPI, it identifies a SUPI from a Universal Subscriber Identifier Module (USIM) of the UE.
| |
| − | * It generates a SNPN registration request using the SNPN ID and the SUPI to attempt registration with the associated SNPN.
| |
| − | * Upon successful registration, it updates a second list with the SNPN ID, SUPI, and corresponding SNPN parameter value.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A method for managing 5G Mobility Management (5GMM) parameters of a Standalone Non Public Network (SNPN) at a User Equipment (UE), the method includes selecting an SNPN identifier (SNPN ID) from among SNPN IDs in a first list, determining whether the first list includes a valid Subscriber Permanent Identifier (SUPI) for the SNPN ID, the first list including SNPN parameter values associated with the SNPN IDs, identifying a first SUPI from a first Universal Subscriber Identifier Module (USIM) of the UE in response to determining that the first list does not include the valid SUPI, generating a first SNPN registration request based on the SNPN ID and the first SUPI to attempt registration with a first SNPN associated with the SNPN ID, and updating a second list with the SNPN ID, the first SUPI, and a SNPN parameter value corresponding to the first SNPN upon successful registration.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OBTAINING NETWORK DATA SERVER INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18309429. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OBTAINING NETWORK DATA SERVER INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18309429]])=== | | ===METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OBTAINING NETWORK DATA SERVER INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18309429. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OBTAINING NETWORK DATA SERVER INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18309429]])=== |
| Line 3,499: |
Line 1,425: |
| | Jungshin PARK | | Jungshin PARK |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application is about a communication system (5G or 6G) that supports higher data transmission rates.
| |
| − | - In this system, a user equipment (UE) can send identification information to an application registration server to register for a specific application.
| |
| − | - The UE can then go through a registration procedure to access a mobile communication network and obtain information about a network data server associated with the application.
| |
| − | - Based on this obtained information, the UE can receive data from the network data server that is intended for use in the registered application.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The disclosure relates to a 5G or 6G communication system for supporting a higher data transmission rate. In a wireless communication system, a UE may transmit identification information about the UE to an application registration server for service registration for an application, obtain information about a network data server related to the application through a registration procedure for accessing a mobile communication network, and receive data to be used for the application from the network data server based on the obtained information.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===RESOURCE SELECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIDELINK TRANSMISSION ([[US Patent Application 18354964. RESOURCE SELECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIDELINK TRANSMISSION simplified abstract|18354964]])=== | | ===RESOURCE SELECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIDELINK TRANSMISSION ([[US Patent Application 18354964. RESOURCE SELECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIDELINK TRANSMISSION simplified abstract|18354964]])=== |
| Line 3,516: |
Line 1,433: |
| | Cheolkyu SHIN | | Cheolkyu SHIN |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method performed by a user equipment (UE) device.
| |
| − | * The UE device identifies information for a resource pool.
| |
| − | * The UE device identifies a resource allocation mode.
| |
| − | * The UE device identifies physical sidelink feedback channel (PSFCH) information, which includes information for a PSFCH period.
| |
| − | * The UE device selects a resource for transmission based on the PSFCH information and the time required for PSFCH reception and decoding, but only if the resource allocation mode is resource allocation mode 2.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A method performed by a user equipment is provided, which includes identifying information for a resource pool; identifying a resource allocation mode; identifying physical sidelink feedback channel (PSFCH) information, wherein the PSFCH information includes information for a PSFCH period; and selecting, by the UE, a resource for transmission based on the information for the PSFCH period, and a time required for a PSFCH reception and decoding, in case that the resource allocation mode is resource allocation mode 2.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SENSING RESOURCE CONFIGURATION AND COEXISTENCE HANDLING IN CELLULAR SYSTEMS ([[US Patent Application 18190882. SENSING RESOURCE CONFIGURATION AND COEXISTENCE HANDLING IN CELLULAR SYSTEMS simplified abstract|18190882]])=== | | ===SENSING RESOURCE CONFIGURATION AND COEXISTENCE HANDLING IN CELLULAR SYSTEMS ([[US Patent Application 18190882. SENSING RESOURCE CONFIGURATION AND COEXISTENCE HANDLING IN CELLULAR SYSTEMS simplified abstract|18190882]])=== |
| Line 3,534: |
Line 1,441: |
| | Jeongho Jeon | | Jeongho Jeon |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application is related to configuring time and frequency resources for sensing operations performed by user equipment.
| |
| − | - The user equipment performs sensing operations using the specified time domain resource and bandwidth part.
| |
| − | - The time domain resource configuration may include a sensing type indicator and allow dynamic triggering of sensing.
| |
| − | - The frequency domain resource configuration includes selectively activated bandwidth parts for sensing operations, which may overlap with those used for cellular communication.
| |
| − | - The user equipment can transmit assistance information for managing interference between sensing operations and cellular communication.
| |
| − | - The user equipment can receive a configuration for coexistence of sensing operations and cellular communication.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A time domain resource configuration indicates a time domain resource for sensing operations by a user equipment, and a frequency domain resource configuration indicates a bandwidth part (BWP) for the sensing operations. The user equipment performs the sensing operations using the indicated time domain resource and the indicated bandwidth part. The time domain resource configuration may include a sensing type indicator S for the time domain resource for sensing operations, and may indicate that dynamic triggering of sensing is allowed. The BWP for the sensing operations may comprise BWP(s) selectively activated for the sensing operations, and may indicate BWP(s) that overlap a BWP used for cellular communication. Assistance information for interference between sensing operations and cellular communication may be transmitted by the user equipment, which may subsequently receive a configuration for coexistence of the sensing operations and the cellular communication.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL FOR GROUPCAST IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18040785. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL FOR GROUPCAST IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18040785]])=== | | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL FOR GROUPCAST IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18040785. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL FOR GROUPCAST IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18040785]])=== |
| Line 3,553: |
Line 1,449: |
| | Jeongho YEO | | Jeongho YEO |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a communication system that supports higher data transmission rates than 4G LTE.
| |
| − | * The system is designed for 5G or 6G communication systems.
| |
| − | * The method involves a transmission apparatus in a wireless communication system.
| |
| − | * The transmission apparatus transmits control information via a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH).
| |
| − | * The first control information is for scheduling a group common-physical downlink shared channel (GC-PDSCH) used for multicast data transmission.
| |
| − | * The first control information includes information related to hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback for the multicast data.
| |
| − | * The transmission apparatus also transmits second control information via the PDCCH.
| |
| − | * The second control information is for scheduling a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) used for unicast data transmission.
| |
| − | * The second control information includes information related to HARQ feedback for the unicast data.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The present disclosure relates to a 5G or 6G communication system for supporting a higher data transmission rate than a 4G communication system such as LTE. According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, a method performed by a transmission apparatus in a wireless communication system may be provided. The method may comprise the steps of: transmitting, via a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), first control information for scheduling a group common-physical downlink shared channel (GC-PDSCH) via which multicast data is transmitted, including information related to hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback for the multicast data; and transmitting, via the PDCCH, second control information for scheduling a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) via which unicast data is transmitted, including information related to HARQ feedback for the unicast data.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TCI STATE INDICATION AND UPDATE VIA DYNAMIC SIGNALING ([[US Patent Application 18308983. METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TCI STATE INDICATION AND UPDATE VIA DYNAMIC SIGNALING simplified abstract|18308983]])=== | | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TCI STATE INDICATION AND UPDATE VIA DYNAMIC SIGNALING ([[US Patent Application 18308983. METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TCI STATE INDICATION AND UPDATE VIA DYNAMIC SIGNALING simplified abstract|18308983]])=== |
| Line 3,575: |
Line 1,457: |
| | Dalin Zhu | | Dalin Zhu |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | This patent application describes methods and apparatuses for indicating and updating transmission configuration in a wireless communication system. Here are the key points:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The invention focuses on transmission configuration indication (TCI) state indication and update in a wireless communication system.
| |
| − | * The method involves a user equipment (UE) receiving indicators in radio resource control (RRC) signaling and medium access control (MAC) control element (CE).
| |
| − | * The UE also receives scheduling information of a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) to determine the appropriate TCI state.
| |
| − | * The first indicator helps identify different groups of TCI states, while the second indicator determines whether a TCI state needs to be updated.
| |
| − | * Based on the identification and the second indicator, the method determines whether the TCI states belong to the first or second group of TCI states.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Methods and apparatuses for transmission configuration indication (TCI) state indication and update via dynamic signaling in a wireless communication system. A method performed by a user equipment (UE) includes receiving, in a radio resource control (RRC) signaling, a first indicator; receiving, in a medium access control (MAC) control element (CE), a second indicator; receiving scheduling information of a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH); and receiving, based on a first or second applied TCI state, the PDSCH. The method further includes identifying, based on the first indicator, at least one of a first group or a second group of TCI states; determining, based on the second indicator, whether a first or second TCI state updates the first or second applied TCI state; and determining, based on the identification and the second indicator, whether the first and second TCI states belong to the first group or second group of TCI states.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL INFORMATION OF MBS SERVICES IN WIRELESS NETWORK ([[US Patent Application 18040344. METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL INFORMATION OF MBS SERVICES IN WIRELESS NETWORK simplified abstract|18040344]])=== | | ===METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL INFORMATION OF MBS SERVICES IN WIRELESS NETWORK ([[US Patent Application 18040344. METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL INFORMATION OF MBS SERVICES IN WIRELESS NETWORK simplified abstract|18040344]])=== |
| Line 3,595: |
Line 1,465: |
| | Fasil Abdul LATHEEF | | Fasil Abdul LATHEEF |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | This patent application describes a communication method and system that combines 5G technology with Internet of Things (IoT) technology to support higher data rates and enable intelligent services. Some examples of these services include smart home, smart building, smart city, smart car, health care, digital education, smart retail, and security and safety services.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method involves a base station (BS) broadcasting a message with scheduling information to multiple user equipment (UE) in a wireless network.
| |
| − | * The UE receives the message and the BS broadcasts a second message containing control information for MBS (Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Service) services to the UEs based on the scheduling information.
| |
| − | * The UE then receives the second message and accesses the desired MBS service from the BS using the control information provided in the message.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The present disclosure relates to a communication method and system for converging a 5-Generation (5G) communication system for supporting higher data rates beyond a 4-Generation (4G) system with a technology for Internet of Things (IoT). The present disclosure may be applied to intelligent services based on the 5G communication technology and the IoT-related technology, such as smart home, smart building, smart city, smart car, connected car, health care, digital education, smart retail, security and safety services. Embodiments herein provide a method for managing control information of MBS services in a wireless network. The method includes broadcasting, by a BS () in the wireless network, a first message with scheduling information of a second message to a plurality of UEs (A) in the wireless network. The method includes receiving, by a UE () in the plurality of UEs (A), the first message. The method includes broadcasting, by the BS (), the second message includes the control information of the MBS services to the plurality of UEs (A) based on the scheduling information. The method includes receiving, by the UE (), the second message based on the scheduling information in the first message. The method includes accessing, by the UE (), the interested MBS service from the BS () using the control information in the second message.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR DETERMINING SCHEDULING PRIORITY OF USER EQUIPMENT ([[US Patent Application 18143980. METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR DETERMINING SCHEDULING PRIORITY OF USER EQUIPMENT simplified abstract|18143980]])=== | | ===METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR DETERMINING SCHEDULING PRIORITY OF USER EQUIPMENT ([[US Patent Application 18143980. METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR DETERMINING SCHEDULING PRIORITY OF USER EQUIPMENT simplified abstract|18143980]])=== |
| Line 3,613: |
Line 1,473: |
| | Juhwan SONG | | Juhwan SONG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method performed by an electronic device to improve scheduling priorities for user equipments (UEs) in a wireless communication system.
| |
| − | * The method involves identifying measurement indicators for a first UE communicating with the electronic device.
| |
| − | * A heatmap is generated based on these measurement indicators for a specific time section.
| |
| − | * One or more scheduling parameters are calculated using a neural network model based on the heatmap.
| |
| − | * The scheduling parameters are then used to determine scheduling priorities for the UEs.
| |
| − | * This method aims to optimize the scheduling process in wireless communication systems, improving overall efficiency and performance.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A method, performed by an electronic device communicating with one or more user equipments (UEs), includes: identifying one or more measurement indicators for a first UE communicating with the electronic device in a first time section; generating a first heatmap for the first time section, based on the one or more measurement indicators for the first UE; calculating one or more scheduling parameters based on the first heatmap by using at least one neural network model; and determining, based on the one or more scheduling parameters, scheduling priorities for the one or more UEs.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===TIMING ADVANCE MANAGEMENT ([[US Patent Application 18305257. TIMING ADVANCE MANAGEMENT simplified abstract|18305257]])=== | | ===TIMING ADVANCE MANAGEMENT ([[US Patent Application 18305257. TIMING ADVANCE MANAGEMENT simplified abstract|18305257]])=== |
| Line 3,632: |
Line 1,481: |
| | Shiyang Leng | | Shiyang Leng |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application is about a method and apparatus for managing timing advance and beam management in a wireless communication system. Here is a simplified explanation of the abstract:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The method involves a UE (User Equipment) receiving a second TAG ID and a PDCCH order from a first BS (Base Station).
| |
| − | * Upon receiving the PDCCH order, the UE initiates a CFRA (Channel Frequency Reuse Area) procedure.
| |
| − | * The UE then transmits a RA (Random Access) preamble to a second BS.
| |
| − | * The UE receives a TAC (Tracking Area Code) from the second BS, which is included in a RAR (Random Access Response) or a MAC CE (Medium Access Control Control Element).
| |
| − | * The UE applies the received TAC and starts a second time alignment timer corresponding to the second TAG ID associated with the second BS.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | Bullet points to explain the patent/innovation:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The patent application describes a method for managing timing advance and beam management in a wireless communication system.
| |
| − | * The method involves a UE receiving a second TAG ID and a PDCCH order from a first BS.
| |
| − | * The UE initiates a CFRA procedure in response to the received PDCCH order.
| |
| − | * The UE then transmits a RA preamble to a second BS.
| |
| − | * The UE receives a TAC from the second BS, which is included in a RAR or a MAC CE.
| |
| − | * The UE applies the received TAC and starts a second time alignment timer corresponding to the second TAG ID associated with the second BS.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Methods and apparatuses for a timing advance management for multi-TRP and beam management in a wireless communication system. A method of a UE comprises: receiving, from a first BS, a second TAG ID associated with a second BS and a PDCCH order; initiating a CFRA procedure in response to receiving the PDCCH order; transmitting, to a second BS, a RA preamble; receiving, for the second BS, a TAC included in a RAR or in a MAC CE; and applying the TAC and start a second time alignment timer corresponding to the second TAG ID associated with the second BS.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING DATA TRANSMISSION ACCORDING TO QUALITY OF SERVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18312341. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING DATA TRANSMISSION ACCORDING TO QUALITY OF SERVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18312341]])=== | | ===METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING DATA TRANSMISSION ACCORDING TO QUALITY OF SERVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ([[US Patent Application 18312341. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING DATA TRANSMISSION ACCORDING TO QUALITY OF SERVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM simplified abstract|18312341]])=== |
| Line 3,661: |
Line 1,489: |
| | Sangjun MOON | | Sangjun MOON |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | - The patent application is related to a communication system that supports a higher data transmission rate, specifically for 5G or 6G networks.
| |
| − | - The invention provides a method and apparatus for controlling data transmission based on the quality of service in a wireless communication system.
| |
| − | - The method involves an access and mobility management function (AMF) receiving a protocol data unit (PDU) session establish request from a user equipment (UE) to support multiple groups.
| |
| − | - The AMF then selects a first session management function (SMF) that matches a first group from the received request information.
| |
| − | - Additionally, the AMF selects a second SMF that matches a second group from the request information.
| |
| − | - The AMF transmits a first PDU session establish request message to the selected first SMF and a second PDU session establish request message to the selected second SMF.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | The disclosure relates to a 5G or 6G communication system for supporting a higher data transmission rate. The present disclosure provides method and apparatus for controlling data transmission according to quality of service in wireless communication system. A method performed by an access and mobility management function (AMF) in a wireless communication system comprises receiving, from a user equipment (UE), protocol data unit (PDU) session establish request information for supporting a plurality of groups, selecting, based on the received PDU session establish request information, a first session management function (SMF) that matches a first group among the plurality of groups, and selecting a second SMF that matches a second group among the plurality of groups and transmitting a first PDU session establish request message to the selected first SMF, and transmitting a second PDU session establish request message to the selected second SMF.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===CIRCUIT BOARD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE COMPRISING SAME ([[US Patent Application 18348003. CIRCUIT BOARD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE COMPRISING SAME simplified abstract|18348003]])=== | | ===CIRCUIT BOARD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE COMPRISING SAME ([[US Patent Application 18348003. CIRCUIT BOARD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE COMPRISING SAME simplified abstract|18348003]])=== |
| Line 3,680: |
Line 1,497: |
| | Byeongkeol KIM | | Byeongkeol KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device with a movable housing and a circuit board inside.
| |
| − | * The housing consists of two parts, with one part able to move in relation to the other.
| |
| − | * The circuit board is positioned inside the housing and has a flexible part that bends when the housing is moved.
| |
| − | * The circuit board also has a more rigid part that extends from the flexible part.
| |
| − | * The circuit board includes a flexible non-conductive film, a conductive pattern, and an electromagnetic shielding material.
| |
| − | * The conductive pattern is positioned on the flexible film and is connected to the rigid part of the circuit board through conductive vias.
| |
| − | * The electromagnetic shielding material is part of a coverlay that overlaps the conductive pattern and extends from the flexible part to the rigid part of the circuit board.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device is provided. The electronic device includes a housing including a first housing part and a second housing part movable with respect to the first housing part, and a circuit board positioned in the housing and including a first part bent in response to movement of the second housing part and a second part extending from the first part and more rigid than the first part, wherein the circuit board may comprise a flexible non-conductive film extending from the first part to the second part, a laminate structure including at least one conductive pattern positioned on the flexible non-conductive film, a coverlay extending from the first part to the second part, overlapping the laminate structure, and including an electromagnetic shielding material, and at least one conductive via positioned at the second part and electrically connecting the at least one conductive pattern and the coverlay.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===FOLDABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING FLEXIBLE DISPLAY ([[US Patent Application 18298992. FOLDABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING FLEXIBLE DISPLAY simplified abstract|18298992]])=== | | ===FOLDABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING FLEXIBLE DISPLAY ([[US Patent Application 18298992. FOLDABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING FLEXIBLE DISPLAY simplified abstract|18298992]])=== |
| Line 3,700: |
Line 1,505: |
| | Yongyoun KIM | | Yongyoun KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an electronic device with a folding display and a hinge housing.
| |
| − | * The device has a first housing, a second housing, and a hinge housing in between.
| |
| − | * The display is divided into three areas: the first area corresponding to the first housing, the second area corresponding to the second housing, and the folding area corresponding to the hinge housing.
| |
| − | * The first area has a decorating member on an edge opposite to the folding area, and the second area also has a decorating member on an edge opposite to the folding area.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An electronic device may include a first housing, a second housing, and a hinge housing arranged between the first housing and the second housing. A display includes a first area, which extends from the first housing to the second housing across the hinge housing and corresponds to the first housing, a second area corresponding to the second housing, and a folding area corresponding to the hinge housing. A first decorating member is arranged on an edge oriented in a direction opposite to that of an edge adjacent to the folding area from among edges of the first area and a second decorating member is arranged on an edge oriented in a direction opposite to that of an edge adjacent to the folding area from among the edges of the second area.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===DISPLAY APPARATUS ([[US Patent Application 18223153. DISPLAY APPARATUS simplified abstract|18223153]])=== | | ===DISPLAY APPARATUS ([[US Patent Application 18223153. DISPLAY APPARATUS simplified abstract|18223153]])=== |
| Line 3,717: |
Line 1,513: |
| | Minwoo CHA | | Minwoo CHA |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a display apparatus with an improved sealing member structure.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The display apparatus includes a housing with an opening and a display module with a display panel.
| |
| − | * The display module is arranged inside the housing to display images through the opening.
| |
| − | * A housing cover is coupled to the housing to cover the opening and the rear surface of the display module.
| |
| − | * A sealing member is provided to seal the gap between the housing and the housing cover.
| |
| − | * The sealing member has a contact surface that is convexly formed towards the housing cover.
| |
| − | * The contact surface also has a first protrusion and a second protrusion.
| |
| − | * The portion of the contact surface between the first and second protrusions is at the same level as them or protrudes outward.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A display apparatus including a sealing member having an improved structure, the display apparatus includes a housing including an opening, a display module including a display panel, the display module arranged inside the housing for the image to be displayed through the opening, a housing cover coupled to the housing to cover the opening while covering a rear surface of the display module, and a sealing member provided to seal a gap between the housing and the housing cover, the sealing member including a contact surface convexly formed toward the housing cover and a first protrusion and a second protrusion arranged on the contact surface, wherein at least a portion of the contact surface located between the first protrusion and the second protrusion is located at a same level as the first protrusion and the second protrusion or protrudes outward of the first protrusion and the second protrusion.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===METHOD OF FORMING CAPACITOR AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING DRAM ELEMENT BY USING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18121683. METHOD OF FORMING CAPACITOR AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING DRAM ELEMENT BY USING THE SAME simplified abstract|18121683]])=== | | ===METHOD OF FORMING CAPACITOR AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING DRAM ELEMENT BY USING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18121683. METHOD OF FORMING CAPACITOR AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING DRAM ELEMENT BY USING THE SAME simplified abstract|18121683]])=== |
| Line 3,739: |
Line 1,521: |
| | Jimin CHAE | | Jimin CHAE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a method of forming a capacitor.
| |
| − | * Lower electrodes are formed using a first metal.
| |
| − | * A support layer pattern is formed to connect the outer side walls of the lower electrodes.
| |
| − | * A first interface layer is formed on the lower electrodes and support layer pattern, consisting of a first metal oxide with conductivity.
| |
| − | * A second interface layer is formed on the first interface layer, consisting of a second metal oxide with conductivity.
| |
| − | * The second metal from the second interface layer is diffused onto the lower electrode surface, creating a first interface structure with both the first and second metals.
| |
| − | * The second interface structure on the support layer pattern is completely removed through an etching process.
| |
| − | * A dielectric layer is formed on the first interface structure and support layer pattern.
| |
| − | * An upper electrode is formed on the dielectric layer.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A method of forming a capacitor includes forming lower electrodes including a first metal; forming a support layer pattern, which connects outer side walls of the lower electrodes to each other; forming a first interface layer including a first metal oxide having conductivity on the lower electrodes and the support layer pattern; forming a second interface layer including a second metal oxide having conductivity on the first interface layer; diffusing a second metal included in the second interface layer to a lower electrode surface so as to form a first interface structure including at least the first metal and the second metal on the lower electrode surface; completely removing at least the second interface structure formed on the support layer pattern through an etching process; forming a dielectric layer on the first interface structure and the support layer pattern; and forming an upper electrode on the dielectric layer.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18130769. SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE simplified abstract|18130769]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18130769. SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE simplified abstract|18130769]])=== |
| Line 3,761: |
Line 1,529: |
| | Intak Jeon | | Intak Jeon |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor memory device with specific components and arrangements. Here are the key points:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The device includes an interlayer insulating layer.
| |
| − | * Embedded within the interlayer insulating layer are multiple first contact pads.
| |
| − | * Also embedded within the interlayer insulating layer are multiple first work function adjustment patterns.
| |
| − | * The first work function adjustment patterns are placed on top of the first contact pads.
| |
| − | * The device further includes multiple lower electrodes.
| |
| − | * The lower electrodes are positioned on top of the first work function adjustment patterns.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | Overall, this patent application presents a specific configuration for a semiconductor memory device, involving the use of interlayer insulating layers, contact pads, work function adjustment patterns, and lower electrodes.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A semiconductor memory device includes an interlayer insulating layer, a plurality of first contact pads embedded in the interlayer insulating layer, a plurality of first work function adjustment patterns embedded in the interlayer insulating layer and disposed on the plurality of first contact pads, and a plurality of lower electrodes disposed on the plurality of first work function adjustment patterns.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18182539. SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE simplified abstract|18182539]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18182539. SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE simplified abstract|18182539]])=== |
| Line 3,784: |
Line 1,537: |
| | Kiseok LEE | | Kiseok LEE |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract describes a semiconductor memory device that includes various components and features.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The device includes a bit line that extends in a first direction.
| |
| − | * There are first and second active patterns positioned on the bit line.
| |
| − | * A back-gate electrode is placed between the first and second active patterns and crosses the bit line in a second direction.
| |
| − | * A first word line is located on the side of the first active pattern and extends in the second direction.
| |
| − | * A second word line is positioned on the opposite side of the second active pattern and extends in the second direction.
| |
| − | * Contact patterns are connected to the first and second active patterns.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A semiconductor memory device is disclosed. The semiconductor memory device may include a bit line extending in a first direction, first and second active patterns disposed on the bit line, a back-gate electrode, which is disposed between the first and second active patterns and is extended in a second direction to cross the bit line, a first word line, which is provided at a side of the first active pattern and is extended in the second direction, a second word line, which is provided at an opposite side of the second active pattern and is extended in the second direction, and contact patterns coupled to the first and second active patterns, respectively.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18101319. SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME simplified abstract|18101319]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18101319. SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME simplified abstract|18101319]])=== |
| Line 3,805: |
Line 1,545: |
| | Wan Gi SOHN | | Wan Gi SOHN |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor memory device with storage patterns on a substrate.
| |
| − | * The substrate extends in two directions that intersect each other.
| |
| − | * The storage patterns are spaced apart from each other in both directions.
| |
| − | * Each storage pattern extends in a third direction that intersects the plane defined by the first two directions.
| |
| − | * Each storage pattern has a face in contact with a storage contact.
| |
| − | * The face of each storage pattern has a width along each of the first two directions.
| |
| − | * The width of the face of the storage patterns increases relative to each other in the first direction.
| |
| − | * The spacing between adjacent storage patterns decreases relative to each other in the first direction.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A semiconductor memory device is provided that includes: a substrate extending in each of a first direction and a second direction that intersect each other; and storage patterns disposed on the substrate, and spaced apart from each other in each of the first and second directions. Each of the storage patterns extends in a third direction intersecting a plane defined by the first and second directions, and comprises a face in contact with a respective one from among storage contacts. The face of each of the storage patterns has a first width along the first direction and a second width along the second direction. The first width of the face of the storage patterns increases in a relative manner to each other in the first direction, while spacings in the first direction between adjacent ones of the storage patterns decrease in a relative manner to each other in the first direction.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICES ([[US Patent Application 18077419. SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICES simplified abstract|18077419]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICES ([[US Patent Application 18077419. SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICES simplified abstract|18077419]])=== |
| Line 3,826: |
Line 1,553: |
| | So Hyeon Bae | | So Hyeon Bae |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor memory device with a specific gate structure and contact design. Here are the key points:
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The device has a substrate divided into a cell region and a peripheral region.
| |
| − | * The gate structure consists of three conductive layers made of different materials, with the first layer being polysilicon.
| |
| − | * A capping layer is placed on top of the third conductive layer.
| |
| − | * Each of the conductive layers and the capping layer has a spacer on its sidewall.
| |
| − | * A first contact is formed through the capping layer and into the third conductive layer.
| |
| − | * The first contact is in contact with the second conductive layer but separated from the first conductive layer.
| |
| − | * The first contact has two portions, one in the third conductive layer and another in the capping layer.
| |
| − | * The width of the first portion in the third conductive layer is wider than the width of the second portion in the capping layer in a horizontal direction.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A semiconductor memory device may include a substrate including a cell region and a peripheral region defined around the cell region, and a gate structure which may include sequentially stacked first, second, and third conductive layers including different materials, the first conductive layer including polysilicon. A capping layer may be on the third conductive layer, and a spacer may be on a sidewall of each of the first to third conductive layers and the capping layer. A first contact may extend through the capping layer and into the third conductive layer, with the first contact in contact with the second conductive layer, and separated from the first conductive layer. The first contact may include a first portion in the third conductive layer and a second portion in the capping layer. A width of the first portion may be greater than a width of the second portion in a horizontal direction.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18352182. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE simplified abstract|18352182]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18352182. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE simplified abstract|18352182]])=== |
| Line 3,849: |
Line 1,561: |
| | Junhyoung Kim | | Junhyoung Kim |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor device with multiple layers and structures.
| |
| − | * The device includes a lower structure and two upper structures with gate layers.
| |
| − | * Separation structures and a memory vertical structure penetrate the upper and lower gate layers.
| |
| − | * A contact plug and the memory vertical structure have bent portions on their lateral surfaces.
| |
| − | * The bent portions are located between specific height levels of the gate layers.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A semiconductor device includes a lower structure; a first upper structure including lower gate layers on the lower structure; a second upper structure including upper gate layers on the first upper structure; separation structures penetrating the first and second upper structures on the lower structure; a memory vertical structure penetrating the lower and upper gate layers between the separation structures; and a first contact plug penetrating the first and second upper structures and spaced apart from the lower and upper gate layers. Each of the first contact plug and the memory vertical structure includes a lateral surface having a bent portion. The bent portion of the lateral surface is disposed between a first height level on which an uppermost gate layer of the lower gate layers is disposed and a second height level on which a lowermost gate layer of the upper gate layers is disposed.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES INCLUDING UPPER AND LOWER SELECTORS ([[US Patent Application 18347973. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES INCLUDING UPPER AND LOWER SELECTORS simplified abstract|18347973]])=== | | ===SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES INCLUDING UPPER AND LOWER SELECTORS ([[US Patent Application 18347973. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES INCLUDING UPPER AND LOWER SELECTORS simplified abstract|18347973]])=== |
| Line 3,867: |
Line 1,569: |
| | Kohji KANAMORI | | Kohji KANAMORI |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a semiconductor device with a lower stack structure and an upper stack structure.
| |
| − | * The lower stack structure includes a lower word line, while the upper stack structure includes an upper word line.
| |
| − | * A decoder is located adjacent to both the lower and upper stack structures.
| |
| − | * A signal interconnection is connected to the decoder.
| |
| − | * A lower selector is connected to the signal interconnection and the lower word line.
| |
| − | * An upper selector is connected to the signal interconnection and the upper word line, but is isolated from direct contact with the lower selector.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A semiconductor device includes a lower stack structure that includes a lower word line, an upper stack structure that is on the lower stack structure and includes an upper word line, a decoder that is adjacent to the lower stack structure and the upper stack structure, a signal interconnection that is connected to the decoder, a lower selector that is connected to the signal interconnection and further connected to the lower word line, and an upper selector that is connected to the signal interconnection, isolated from direct contact with the lower selector, and further connected to the upper word line.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===CONDENSED CYCLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18068734. CONDENSED CYCLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE simplified abstract|18068734]])=== | | ===CONDENSED CYCLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18068734. CONDENSED CYCLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE simplified abstract|18068734]])=== |
| Line 3,886: |
Line 1,577: |
| | Eunsuk KWON | | Eunsuk KWON |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract of the patent application describes a condensed cyclic compound, an organic light-emitting device incorporating this compound, and an electronic apparatus including the organic light-emitting device.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The patent application presents a condensed cyclic compound represented by Formula 1.
| |
| − | * The compound is designed for use in organic light-emitting devices.
| |
| − | * The organic light-emitting device incorporating this compound is described.
| |
| − | * The compound and device are intended for use in electronic apparatuses.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Provided are a condensed cyclic compound represented by Formula 1, an organic light-emitting device including the same, and an electronic apparatus including the organic light-emitting device.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===COMPOSITION, LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE COMPOSITION, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18311579. COMPOSITION, LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE COMPOSITION, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE simplified abstract|18311579]])=== | | ===COMPOSITION, LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE COMPOSITION, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18311579. COMPOSITION, LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE COMPOSITION, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE simplified abstract|18311579]])=== |
| Line 3,905: |
Line 1,585: |
| | Jong Soo KIM | | Jong Soo KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a composition that can be used in a light-emitting device and an electronic apparatus.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The composition includes a first compound that contains a pyrrole-containing condensed cyclic group and a silicon-containing group.
| |
| − | * The composition also includes a second compound that contains an azine group with at least one nitrogen, but does not contain a silicon-containing group.
| |
| − | * The composition does not include an electron-transporting moiety.
| |
| − | * The light-emitting device and electronic apparatus can utilize this composition to emit light.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | There are provided a composition, a light-emitting device including the composition, and an electronic apparatus including the light-emitting device, wherein the composition includes a first compound including at least one pyrrole-containing condensed cyclic group and a silicon-containing group, and not including an electron-transporting moiety, and a second compound including an azine group including at least one nitrogen, and not including a silicon-containing group.
| |
| | | | |
| | ===HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18311560. HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE simplified abstract|18311560]])=== | | ===HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18311560. HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE simplified abstract|18311560]])=== |
| Line 3,924: |
Line 1,593: |
| | Yeon Sook CHUNG | | Yeon Sook CHUNG |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract of this patent application describes a heterocyclic compound, an organic light-emitting device (OLED) that uses this compound, and an electronic apparatus that includes the OLED.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The patent application is related to a specific heterocyclic compound represented by Formula 1.
| |
| − | * The compound has potential applications in organic light-emitting devices.
| |
| − | * The abstract mentions the inclusion of this compound in an organic light-emitting device.
| |
| − | * The organic light-emitting device is part of an electronic apparatus.
| |
| − | * The abstract does not provide specific details about the compound or the electronic apparatus.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A heterocyclic compound represented by Formula 1, an organic light-emitting device including the same, and an electronic apparatus including the organic light-emitting device:
| |
| | | | |
| | ===ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18311572. ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME simplified abstract|18311572]])=== | | ===ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18311572. ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME simplified abstract|18311572]])=== |
| Line 3,944: |
Line 1,601: |
| | Jong Soo Kim | | Jong Soo Kim |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes an organic light-emitting device that consists of two electrodes and an interlayer between them. The interlayer contains an emission layer, as well as two specific compounds represented by Formula 1 and Formula 2.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The invention is an organic light-emitting device.
| |
| − | * The device includes two electrodes and an interlayer.
| |
| − | * The interlayer contains an emission layer.
| |
| − | * The interlayer also contains a first compound represented by Formula 1.
| |
| − | * The interlayer also contains a second compound represented by Formula 2.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | An organic light-emitting device including a first electrode; a second electrode facing the first electrode; an interlayer arranged between the first electrode and the second electrode, wherein the interlayer comprises an emission layer; a first compound represented by Formula 1; and a second compound represented by Formula 2:
| |
| | | | |
| | ===LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18311568. LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME simplified abstract|18311568]])=== | | ===LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18311568. LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME simplified abstract|18311568]])=== |
| Line 3,964: |
Line 1,609: |
| | Jong Soo KIM | | Jong Soo KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a light-emitting device and an electronic apparatus that includes the device. The device consists of a first electrode, a second electrode, and an interlayer placed between the electrodes, which contains an emission layer. The emission layer is composed of a first compound (Formula 1) and a second compound (Formula 2).
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The patent application focuses on a light-emitting device and its application in electronic apparatus.
| |
| − | * The device includes a first electrode, a second electrode, and an interlayer.
| |
| − | * The interlayer contains an emission layer, which is responsible for light emission.
| |
| − | * The emission layer consists of a first compound (Formula 1) and a second compound (Formula 2).
| |
| − | * The invention aims to improve the performance and efficiency of the light-emitting device.
| |
| − | * The patent application provides a specific chemical formula for each compound used in the emission layer.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | A light-emitting device and an electronic apparatus including the same, the light-emitting device including a first electrode, a second electrode, and an interlayer arranged between the first electrode and the second electrode and including an emission layer, wherein the emission layer includes a first compound represented by Formula 1 and a second compound represented by Formula 2:
| |
| | | | |
| | ===LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18311575. LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME simplified abstract|18311575]])=== | | ===LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME ([[US Patent Application 18311575. LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME simplified abstract|18311575]])=== |
| Line 3,985: |
Line 1,617: |
| | Jong Soo KIM | | Jong Soo KIM |
| | | | |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The patent application describes a light-emitting device and an electronic apparatus that includes the device.
| |
| − | * The light-emitting device consists of a first electrode, a second electrode, and an interlayer with an emission layer.
| |
| − | * The emission layer contains a first compound (Formula 1) and a second compound (Formula 2).
| |
| − | * The purpose of the invention is to provide a more efficient and effective light-emitting device for electronic apparatus.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Provided are a light-emitting device and an electronic apparatus including the same, the light-emitting device including a first electrode, a second electrode, and an interlayer arranged between the first electrode and the second electrode and including an emission layer, wherein the emission layer includes a first compound represented by Formula 1 and a second compound represented by Formula 2:
| |
| | | | |
| | ===CONDENSED CYCLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18311993. CONDENSED CYCLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE simplified abstract|18311993]])=== | | ===CONDENSED CYCLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE ([[US Patent Application 18311993. CONDENSED CYCLIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE simplified abstract|18311993]])=== |
| Line 4,001: |
Line 1,624: |
| | | | |
| | Eunjeong Choi | | Eunjeong Choi |
| − |
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Brief explanation'''
| |
| − | The abstract of the patent application describes a condensed cyclic compound, an organic light-emitting device incorporating this compound, and an electronic apparatus including the organic light-emitting device.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | * The patent application presents a condensed cyclic compound represented by Formula 1.
| |
| − | * The compound is designed for use in organic light-emitting devices.
| |
| − | * The abstract mentions the inclusion of the compound in an organic light-emitting device.
| |
| − | * The organic light-emitting device is part of an electronic apparatus.
| |
| − |
| |
| − | '''Abstract'''
| |
| − | Provided are a condensed cyclic compound represented by Formula 1, an organic light-emitting device including the same, and an electronic apparatus including the organic light-emitting device:
| |
